The Science of God: The Godcode

Good morning from the Chula Vista Resort and Spa in beautiful downtown Mexico!

The Rainy Season arrived this week. The temperatures are cooler, and I don’t need to water the gardens today for the first time in months. I have time to write.

* * * *

If you were to ask any three random people you happen to see on the street to describe God as completely as they can, you’d probably get five different answers. And only if those three people were all of the same faith. Different faiths, the results will vary exponentially.

If there’s only one God, which most of the people on this planet claim to believe, how can there be so many versions of Him? And how come none of Them make much sense?

Maybe it’s time for us as a people to rethink our perception of God. Step back and take a good look at this from a different angle. Try to find something that actually makes sense.

Behold! This is a new point of view. A re-examination of God from His perspective, if you will. As far as my credentials go, I don’t have any. I have a college degree in Absolutely Nothing. So if you’ve always wanted to be unimpressed by a complete nobody, you’ve come to the right place. I doubt any of my ideas are original. I’m sure someone somewhere has said everything I’m going to say long before I did. I’m simply going to reshuffle the deck and lay out the cards in a new order.

Best Practice Tip before Reading This: Anything you can learn, you can also unlearn. All it takes is the ability to imagine a different reality. Context is the most important factor in determining the truth of anything.

* * * *

Opinions on, and imaginings of what God is are legion. Some people think God is a heavenly version of Albus Dumbledore — magical — only all-powerful and all-knowing. Umm…He seems to be a bit blithe of scruple, and He is a bit sketchy on morals sometimes. You know, He lets bad things happen to good people and good things happen to bad people. That doesn’t seem fair to me. And sometimes He seems like an abusive, deadbeat dad, but He still demands that we love and respect Him, all the time… Or else.

Popular opinion claims that God and Science are incompatible. What if they aren’t? What if God and Science and Mathematics aren’t simply compatible with one another, what if they are all one in the same.

* * * *

Imagine, if you can, that it’s your job is to construct a new universe. We got tired of the old one. You’re the Project Manager. The Big Boss. You have complete control over every aspect of the construction of this new universe. You have an unlimited budget. You have all the resources and facilities you’ll need to successfully complete this assignment, and if you don’t, they will be provided.

And let’s assume that you’re highly motivated to pull this off without a hitch. You’ve been waiting for this moment all of your life. All you have to do is hire the right people and get them to work effectively together as a team to figure out the process.

Who ya gonna call?

For me, I’m hiring every scientist. mathematician, architect, engineer and computer geek on the planet. And a really good HR Department. Those are the best people to make success in this endeavor possible. Anyone disagree?

* * * *

Long, long ago there was the Void. And somewhere inside of this vast Nothingness, God and God alone existed. And because He existed, God thought. There wasn’t anything else to do. TV hadn’t been invented yet, nor were there any TikTok videos to binge watch.

As often happens when we think about something, we get an idea about it, and so it was God. God had an Idea. He dwelt on His Idea as it expanded in His Mind, and God devised a plan to make His Plan real; it was the most beautifully complex idea ever conceived in this universe.

God focused His Will on His Idea, and God’s Idea became fused into His Purpose. God wove a Vision vividly outlining every aspect of His Idea, shaping and molding it, guiding and directing, orchestrating and conducting every thing to mesh perfectly together to achieve His perfect conclusion.

God analyzed every possible outcome, then chose only those storylines that fit into His Purpose, editing out everything that did not. In essence, He wrote, produced, directed, and starred in the first epic movie outlining every event and occurrence that needs to happen in this universe — from beginning to end, great and small, down to the most minute detail. And He even wrote the soundtrack, like Prince did in Purple Rain.

When God had done all of the math, and applied every scientific law and principle exactly where and when they needed to be activated — not just on Earth, but in every millimeter of the entire universe — when God had devised a Plan that would achieve His Purpose, and only His Purpose — God blew Himself up in the Big Bang, creating everything in the universe that ever was, that is, and that will be. Galaxies, solar systems, and planets. Everything. Including us humans.

God wrote, coded, and formatted something like unto a computer program that started running roughly fourteen and half billion years ago and will continue to run as long as it takes until God achieves His ultimate goal. It doesn’t matter if it takes another five years from now or another fifty billion light-years. God is eternal. Time has no meaning in the Kingdom of Heaven.

I call this program the Godcode. It’s the only answer I’ve been able to come up with that explains how God can truly be All-Knowing. He had to create a blueprint. He’s running the fucking show.

You can define all-powerful any way you like. But if you can create an entire universe of diversity and wonder out of Nothing — simply by thinking about it long enough, that’s setting the bar pretty damn high.

* * * *

I’m not going to explain the fruits of the Big Bang here. That would take forfuckingever! Anyhow, there are literally hundreds of thousands of resources you can find online that explain everything we currently understand about it if you’re suddenly curious.

Consider this: God was the only thing existing inside the Void before the Big Bang. God was still the only thing existing after the Big Bang. God isn’t merely in Everything. He actually is Everything. Even to this day. And all of those subatomic particles of God that went flying out into the Void in the Big Bang had been encoded with an exacting set of instructions for each and every particle to follow.

A Must-Do List, if you will.

* * * *.

Back in the 1960’s, a British physicist named Peter Higgs proposed the existence of the Higgs boson — the fundamental particle associated with the Higgs field, a field that gives mass to other fundamental particles such as electrons, preons, and quarks. They’re the smallest things we’ve been able to figure out so far.

His theory created a bit of an uproar in scientific circles for awhile — until everyone realized this guy wasn’t full of shit, he was a fucking genius.

If you ever attempt to break down something to it’s most basic form, bust it into a million, billion, trillion pieces, eventually you’ll get to a point where you can’t break it down any further because you’ve reached the smallest particle. That’s essentially what the Higgs boson is. Oh, and by the way, the other name for it is the God particle.

In 2008, CERN, the European Organization for Nuclear Research, completed the construction of the Large Hadron Collider. In July of 2012, CERN announced the presence of the Higgs boson particle had been determined within the LHC. In 2013, almost 50 years after Peter Higgs published his revolutionary idea, he received the Nobel prize for his work.

* * * *

Scientists, whether they believe in God or not, will tell you the existence of God hasn’t been proven. I would add yet. Here’s something to consider: Every thing in both science and mathematics are provable. God’s form is Science. God’s function is Mathematics. In that context, Science, and mathematics, in all of their major and minor areas of study are nothing more than branches and subsets of theology.

It’s not a question of if. It’s a matter of when. Science will prove the existence of God eventually.

Thanks to Peter Higgs and CERN, we have the data, the technology, and the facilities to accomplish this. What scientists don’t understand yet is all they have to do to isolate the Higgs boson particle is connect to the field it resides in. Once that feat has been achieved Science will be able to unlock its’ Godcode.

Here’s the really cool part: If you can tame so much as even one God particle, you can control all of them. Scientists will be able to create anything they can imagine.

* * * *

God, the Ultimate Scientist and Digital Universe Creator. If this scenario is a possibility you hadn’t considered before, there’s a reason for that. It’s not supposed to be. Our current perceptions of God and our relationship with Him don’t appear to be working out so well for either one of us anymore. It’s way past time for a change.

The Church, and by that I mean every form and subspecies of organized religion on the planet, doesn’t want you to know the truth about God and your personal relationship with Him. If you knew the truth, you’d know there’d be no reason for the Church to exist anymore. And then all of those poor priests, ministers, and preachers would have to go get real jobs like the rest of us.

The guys at the top, middle, and bottom level of every religious hierarchy have got it made. They have wealth, power and control, and fame/infamy. No one just walks away from those perks if they don’t have to.

If you have questions about God, read the Torah. Or the Bible. Or the Quran. And if you have ever taken this advice from your priest, pastor, rabbi, imam, or minister — how much better do you now understand God? Almost everything we’ve been led to believe is the gospel truth about God by organized religion in their holy books is a goddamn lie.

* * * *

Imagine you’re out on the town with your best friend. Y’all are having a great time, and then this guy comes over and starts telling your friend a story that you know isn’t true. What would you do, dear? You’d probably call bullshit and tell yon dude to take a fuckin’ hike, right?

That’s more or less the situation I find myself in right now.

* * * *

Some of you have already figured out that if God has already predetermined everything that has happened, is happening now, and what remains to happen — what the hell happened to free will? Aren’t we supposed to have free will, and can’t we do whatever we want?

Surprise! There’s no such thing as free will.

Okay, maybe it wasn’t that funny

Can you imagine it? You, personally — and it’s not just you — all of us. Yes, that includes me. Each and every one of us have as much free will as any character in any mmorpg. If you’re like me, you’re going to have to look that up.

The human concept of free will is the second greatest lie ever told by the Church. The first great lie is that we humans are separated from God by something called sin.

I’m pretty sure everyone will find the concept of the absence to free will disturbing. I did. It takes a while to get used to for sure, but there is some good news. All of you good, religious people out there that are struggling mightily to obey God’s Will and be good people so you can get into Heaven — you can stop sweating those points. You’re already fulfilling God’s Will, so chill out.

But if I’m already doing God’s Will, why aren’t I a better person? Why isn’t the world a better place?

Good question. It’s time for you to start figuring that out.

Look, we deal with situations like unto this on practically a daily basis anymore. Especially at work. It’s called a Change in Practice. We’re not doing the same old thing anymore. We going to try something different from now on.

See? I told you. Nothing new there.

* * * *

Not only is it physically impossible for us to be separate from God, it’s metaphysically impossible. We wouldn’t be alive without God. Without God, we couldn’t even fucking exist!

God is Everything. Everything is God. God is the Consciousness and Lifeforce that controls the actions and reactions of everything in the universe — whether it be animal, vegetable, or mineral. Solid, liquid, or gas. Everything in the universe is doing exactly what God programmed it to do. And everything has been encoded to produce one result and one result only. The fulfillment of God’s Will.

Everything happens for a reason.

God doesn’t play dice with the universe. — Albert Einstein

When it comes to God and your personal role in God’s Plan, that’s the main theme you need to try to understand right now.

* * * *

There are only two reactions anyone that has read this far can be having right now. Well, I guess that wasn’t the craziest thing I’ve ever heard. Or, That’s the stupidest fucking thing I’ll ever hear. Some of you might even have a question or two… This might be one of them:

If we really are one with God, where did we ever get the idea that we’re separated from Him?

That’s the right question. There’s only one answer.

It’s an answer no one understands completely yet, and I have seriously questioned the necessity of this…alternate reality…many times. The best answer I have right now is we humans have somehow developed a type of split personality that is almost completely consciously unaware of our divine connection to, and with, God, much like unto Dr. Jekyll and Mr. Hyde.

* * * *

God needed this to happen to fulfill His Will. He planned for this to happen.

But why?

That’s an even better question. As near as I can tell, God can only do the things He needs to do — the series of connections and interconnections of Time/Space, Chance, Circumstance, and Opportunity that had to be intricately woven together — just so — to advance and complete His Purpose. God cannot deviate from His original storyline. There can be no unforeseen plot twists that pop up from left field that God didn’t see coming.

Everything that’s going on in the world around us right now is exactly what God intended, even the parts that don’t make any goddamn sense to us. And they are also legion.

That’s why God hasn’t cured cancer. Or AIDS. Or malignant stupidity. Yet. We haven’t seen the end of this movie, so there’s still hope. If it’s part of his plan, it will surely happen. This difference between what we think God is and what God actually is is a literal illustration of an immovable object meeting an irresistible force.

Mankind, particularly our collective understanding of God, is the immovable object. Really religious people don’t question anything they’ve been told to believe about God. They know everything they’re ever going to need to know, and nothing and nobody is ever going to make them change their minds.

God’s Will is the irresistible force. In Science, when these two entities collide, the irresistible force wins. Every time.

You can look it up.

* * * *

But I thought God loves us…

He does, but God, the sentient force of energy that rules the universe and everything in it, is not human. God isn’t anything like us in appearance, in the things He thinks, or in the ways He expresses Himself. God’s Idea of Love is vastly different than the love humans feel. Our love is a very deeply personal emotion, usually attached to a special person. a place, or a thing.

God’s Love is not. That’s all I can tell you with any surety. There are far more things that I don’t understand about God than I do. God is working on that, but these things take time. And patience.

Just ask Peter Higgs.

A Tale of Three Deities

If you’re a Christian trying to figure out your relationship with God, you have one written resource that every other Christian will tell you is the only reference you can turn to in order to find the answers you seek: the Holy Bible. The only problem with this resource is it is rife with riddles, inconsistencies — wampeters, foma, granfalloons — and out-right contradictions.

When it comes to the truth, there’s only one thing that everyone seems to agree on that makes the truth what it is.

The Truth never contradicts itself. There cannot be two different versions of the Truth. It’s that simple. Isn’t it?

* * * *

Researching what is written in the Bible is impossible because the Bible doesn’t cite any outside sources to verify its claims. The Bible is the source that everyone else turns to when they have questions about the Christian God.

The Bible makes hundreds of statement about what God is. There are a handful of qualities –sometimes more, sometimes less — but every Christian on this planet would have to agree that all of the following qualities are needed to truly define their God:

God is All-Knowing and All-Powerful. God is eternal; He always was, and He always will be. God never changes. And, most importantly, God is Love.

How did I do? Is there any Christian in the world that doesn’t agree with this list? I’m sure I could always add more stuff, but do any of those five qualities need to be removed? Speak now or forever hold your peace.

* * * *

I’d like to state for the record that I have no deep seated grudge or grudges against the Christian faith. They’re not any deeper than the issues I have with every other organized religion on this planet. So there’s that.

I’d have to label myself as some sort Christian. I believe that Jesus Christ is the Son of God, and the King of Heaven and Earth. That qualifies, doesn’t it? I even have several Christian friends! I’ll find out just how forgiving they really are if any of them ever read this.

If I had to clarify this further, I’d classify myself as a Christian capable of independent thought. It’s not as glamorous as it sounds. It’s maybe two steps up from being a dog that can see the rainbow.

I’m not writing this out of spite, or some kind of cosmic revenge. It’s not personal, it’s just business. I’m writing this because I have never experienced anything quite like this before, ever. And I’ve seen a lots of weird stuff, kid. I don’t think I’ve ever heard anything like unto this before. And it’s not like these kinds of thoughts hit me every day. I’m a guy, so there’s that.

And then this occurred to me, If I haven’t heard of this, I wonder if anyone else has? Let’s find out.

That’s why I’m writing. This might be something everyone needs to know.

* * * *

If you’ve ever tried to make sense of the Bible, you know there are far more questions that will arise from that search than answers. And if you have the unmitigated audacity to question any religious authority about the obvious flaws in their holy of holies, you might receive an answer like unto this, The Bible interprets itself. There’s a reason why they say this. They have no fucking idea how to explain all of the inconsistencies in the Bible either.

They might add, kindly, with a knowing chuckle, that God, and almost everything associated with Him, is a mystery. And if you know anything about religious mysteries, you know they will never be solved. However, if you want to be a good little Christian, all you have to do is simply have faith, and believe.

That’s what religion is all about, my man! Hope, faith and belief. Yeah, we know it’s not an adequate answer for anyone with serious questions, but it’s the only answer we have, and we tell it to everybody! Take a look at those nice people over here. That’s what we told them, and they don’t seem to have any problems with it.

And if that isn’t good enough for you, just remember that your immortal soul may burn in Hell for the rest of eternity for your affrontery and disbelief.

Oh, and every Sunday morning we have a pancake breakfast sponsored by our Women’s Group. You’re not going to want to miss that!

Religious officials in the Christian Church have been telling the people that God is simply too advanced, too complicated for us to understand, for centuries. And even if they tried to explain it to us — something they will never do — we still wouldn’t understand the explanation because we are just too fucking stupid to understand the complexities and mysteries of God.

Newsflash! Organized religion isn’t about understanding God. Religion is all about control. If you didn’t catch that the first time, don’t worry. I’ll probably say again. They, the members of the clergy, are some of the greatest minds in all of Religion. If the masters can’t understand God themselves, there’s no way in hell they can say anything to increase our level of comprehension.

* * * *

Believe it or not, the Bible, and God, don’t have to be huge pains in the ass for us to understand anymore. God is actually very easily understood if you can apply two simple tools when you’re digging for the truth: Logic and common sense.

And if you’re thinking logic and religion? Does that work? Is that even a Thing?

If it isn’t, it’s about to become one.

If you don’t understand how these tools work, allow me to demonstrate. If an explanation about something doesn’t make any sense to you, there’s a good chance the explanation is bullshit. See how easy that was?

As it turns out, Star Trek was right.

* * * *

If you’re thinking that I might seem a little concrete in my thinking, thank you, but I am aware. I’d argue that I’m not so much concrete as I am laser focused. There’s a big difference in the way those two minds work.

* * * *

God never changes. God is a constant source of Love. These are the primary standards one must use in order to determine the truth of the stories about God in the Bible. They’re the standards the Christian Church itself is sworn to uphold, and if they’re not then that needs to change.

These two qualities are the most useful when it comes to determining the Truth of God, and that’s also a very apt description for what God is. The ironic part of this is the Bible actually does interpret itself when you examine it with logic and common sense.

Check.

It’s too bad that no preeminent Christian leader ever thought about doing this before I did… If even one of them had done their fucking job and had applied their own standards to determine the truth when they were creating their Bible, none of us would be in the untenable positions we are all about to find ourselves facing.

Yeah, that does piss me off a little.

The Truth never contradicts itself. God never changes. God is Love. They are all significant qualities, and they’ve all weathered the tests of time. Therefore, using those qualifiers, when you compare the God of the Old Testament against the God of the New Testament, all kinds of red lights start flashing, and sirens start blaring.

Check.

Consider this: there are two versions of God the Father in the Bible — does anyone else see this? That’s not even fucking possible for God to do according to the Christians’ own definition of their God.

One of these versions cannot be true.

And, mate.

See? There’s your simple explanation, interpreted from the Bible by the Bible itself. Too bad it puts the Bible in such an unflattering light though… There simply cannot be two different versions of One eternal, constant God of Love who always was, and always will be — there cannot be two true versions of the One True God.

Not in Heaven. Not on Earth. And sure as hell, not in the Bible.

Heyheyheyhey there now. HEY! You stop right there–

No. You stop. Sit back down. And listen. Y’all have had your time at the pulpit. This time, I’m getting mine. If you want to respond to this, write a rebuttal. I can’t wait to hear what you have to say.

* * * *

There’s no other logical conclusion, believe me, I’ve looked around. The Bible, and its version of the God of the Old Testament, is not just incorrect and corrupted, it was intentionally written to falsely portray God, the One True God — the only God that matters.

Atheists are at least smart enough, and honest enough, to openly state that the Bible is pure nonsense to them. I’ll give them massive respect for that. Say what you will about atheists, those motherfuckers know how to think. And in that regard they are smarter than every deeply devout God-fearing Christian currently alive. And every other member of every other religion, too.

I should at least try to be an equal opportunity offender, don’t you think?. Why fight one war against one foe when I can piss of everyone and get this over with quickly.

We’ve been traveling aimlessly down the wrong roads for too goddamn long. This has got to stop. We’ve been lost for too long.

It’s for us to find our way home again.

* * * *

Ask any Christian you happen to see, Who wrote the Bible? You’ll probably hear something like unto this: The Bible was written by men, but those men were inspired by God to write the things they wrote.

The kindest thing I can say in the defense of the inspired men that wrote and amassed the stories in the Bible is they might have made an innocent mistake. It could have happened just like that. Oops! But instead of doing the right thing and correcting their error, they apparently decided it was just easier to elaborate on it. A lot.

White-Out hadn’t been invented yet… so there’s that.

What appears to be much more likely, as far as I’m concerned, is that the writers and creators of the Bible deliberately and intentionally misrepresented, slandered and defamed the character of the God of the New Testament by turning Him into the most psychotic version of a loving God anyone has ever imagined as God in the Old Testament.

Based on what we know about God being a constant entity of Love, this God cannot, and does not, exist.

This god is a complete and total fabrication by the creators of the Bible. Whether these stories previously existed and they borrowed them, or whether the inspired writers created them all by themselves, these stories appear to have been intentionally written and amassed in the Bible to discredit, not glorify God.

The earliest Christians apparently decided to make God into their scapegoat, and blamed God not only for their mistakes — but additionally — many of their, what, personal problems, too?? And this is the God that they claimed to love and serve!?! Those motherfuckers had some balls! And if I say I got this idea from reading The DaVinci Code, I probably can’t be sued.

That’s one possible version of what happened. I’m sure there are hundreds of other possibilities that will sound just as probable. Now the question is, do you have an open mind? Are you capable of listening to possibilities that you’ve never imagined? Do you ever dream you can fly?

Don’t tell anyone I told you this, but that’s what this is all about.

* * * *

I used to believe what I was told to believe by the Christian Church because I once wanted to be a good little Christian. Just like everybody else. Especially that cute blonde in the blue sweater… Way back then, one of the members of my church said the Bible was an anagram that stood for Basic Instructions Before Leaving Earth.

Yeah, it is pretty catchy, isn’t it.

Just in cases you haven’t noticed, I’m no longer interested in being a good little Christian. The only thing I’m interested in is discovering the truth and telling as many people as I can about what I’ve discovered. So I invented a new anagram for the Bible. Biggest Intentional Book of Lies Ever.

It’s going to take awhile before that starts trending…

* * * *

Why the fuck would the writers of the Bible deliberately mislead the people they were supposed to be protecting and saving? And how could God allow such a disgusting act like this to happen, right? I mean I just can’t even! We’re talking about the Bible here, not Green Eggs and Ham! How, how could God allow this to happen?!?

He’s All-Powerful! He parted the Red Sea! He kicked fucking King Tut’s ass! He destroyed Sodom and Gomorrah with fire and brimstone! He even magically knocked up that bitch of a slut so she could become the mother of His son!

* * * *

That actually is a good question. If I were interested in anything except discovering the truth, I might ask God to answer it someday. Here’s a better question: How did the greatest lie ever told become transformed into the greatest truth ever heard?

* * * *

Just in cases you were wondering, I don’t have any proof about my assertion that the Bible was purposefully bent and distorted away from the original message of Jesus. I don’t have any ancient relics that I dug up when I was working in the gardens here at the Chula Vista Resort and Spa that say, Hahaha! April Fuckin’ Fool’s, bitches! Man, did we ever pull the wool over all y’all’s eyes with that Bible thing, or what! Ha-HA!! in Aramaic, probably.

If it’s proof you want, go ask the Vatican. They have a couple of million tons of ancient documents in their Library. They collect and save EVERYTHING, and they never throw anything away or try to destroy anything they find.

Waste not…

The Vatican even has an archive called The Secret Archive. They’re so fucking arrogant in their power now they don’t care if people know they keep massive amounts of dark secrets openly hidden. The only thing you need to know is you will never know any of the shit they’ve got locked up, overtly stashed away in their private vaults. And neither will anyone else.

* * * *

If anyone has other views or opinions on this matter, please feel free to comment, somewhere. I’m not sure you can comment on this site though. I haven’t been able to retrieve any comments for months, so, good luck with that.

I’m presenting ideas that have all probably been uttered by someone before me. I’m just putting them in order so they make sense. Well, sense to me.

And if there’s anything that resonates within you as you read this, share it someone, anyone. Everyone.

* * * *

Ask anyone you happen to see that knows anything about the Vatican and they will tell you this: The Vatican doesn’t exist for the sake of religion. The Vatican exists for the sake of control. And when it comes to religious control, it’s evidently much easier to control people through intimidation and fear than it is to control them through patience and understanding.

There’s that control theme reemerging.

As for why God allowed this to happen to the Bible — the holiest book ever written! — the story of His life — I don’t know why He allowed it to happen either. He didn’t tell me what His rationale was. But He was the whistleblower on the Bible though. You need to know that.

* * * *

Religion, as you may have just realized, has nothing to do with the worship of God. Religion is all about controlling the people that worship God. Especially women, those meddlesome cunts. The Church has always been out of step when it comes to the roles of women. There’s a reason for that. It was always their plan.

God does not discriminate against the sexes. Both sexes, male and female, have similar but subtly different roles to play in the fulfillment of God’s Purpose and His Will.

Surprise!

The Christian Church — with all of its’ various divisions and sects — is far more than a business. It’s far more than even a mere corporation. The Church is a goddamn empire. No one knows what the exact value or worth of the properties, works of art, and other miscellaneous holdings of the Vatican, in specific; or the even greater value of all the assets of the non-Catholic churches in Christianity, in general.

If you don’t think the people running the Vatican during the time of the creation of the Bible weren’t ruthless enough to protect their vast riches and realms, you haven’t been paying attention —

Excuse me, time out! I’m trying to understand what you’re saying, but this goes against the grain of pretty much everything I believe! I’m still trying to sort out that whole Old Testament thing! You gotta help me out here, man. You gotta give something I can believe. The New Testament — that’s still good, isn’t it?

Fair enough. Jesus said, “Think not that I am come to destroy the law, or the prophets: I am not come to destroy, but to fulfil.”

That, also, my purpose.

The Bible isn’t completely true, but it’s not all lies either. The writers of Bible knew there had to be just enough kernels of truth in their texts to make all of the lies they fabricated sound remotely plausible. And that’s all they needed. All they had to do was sell enough little lies, and eventually no one would complain about the big ones. It works every time!

But why tell lies in the first place? What’s the purpose of a lie? Yes. We tell lies to deceive.

With this lie, the writers and creators of the Bible were able to create the possible reality of a distant, aloof, bad-tempered God that no one in their right mind could ever trust, much less accept. Or truly worship. And that’s all they needed, just that little glitch in the matrix.

By the way, just in cases you haven’t noticed — it worked.

* * * *

But okay, let’s take a look at the New Testament.

In this series of stories we are introduced to a man named Jesus of Nazareth. Ask any Christian you happen to see why Jesus was born and lived, and you’ll hear something like unto this: Jesus was the Son of God who came earth, and died to save us from our sins. And probably some other stuff, too.

Amen.

According to popular Christian belief, Jesus was God, the Word of God, who came to earth in the form of a man. Because Jesus was God, he was born without sin — unlike the rest of us — and as a man he was executed for our sins, somehow saving us from our sins, even though we all are still apparently drenched with, and drowning in, sin. And therefore, we are still in dire need of salvation (???) I think that’s close.

Oh, and his mom was also without sin because she was a single pregnant mother-to-be… who was still a virgin that had never had sex with a man before, not even that one time at band camp… Wink-wink. Nudge-nudge.

* * * *

In any circumstances other than religion, or science fiction/fantasy, is this a story that anyone would describe as believable? If your answer is anything but no, you should probably leave now.

Look, when this story of Jesus and his immaculate conception was first concocted, and preached — it was met with the same amount of incredulity and disbelief that you might be experiencing at this precise moment.

* * * *

You expect me to believe this… crap?

Yes, we do. And we’ve come up with a handy little plan to help you with that. We’ve tested it out, and the preliminary results look promising. This is how it works: That sure is nice eternal soul you have there. It’d be a shame if anything were happen to it, don’t you agree?

* * * *

Ask any Religion you happen to see what they do for a living, and you’ll probably hear something about salvation and saving souls. That’s what they tell us they do, but the only way the Church can save you is if you agree to believe what they tell you to believe.

Or your soul could burn in Hell for all eternity…

You don’t have to agree everything right now. Take all the time you need. Oh, hey, wait a minute… It just occurred to us that you don’t have to wait until you are dead to feel the flames of Hell. We can arrange a little demonstration for you right here. Right… now.

If you’re a Christian and you’re still reading this, Good job! And thank you. But there’s a part of you that no doubt wants to argue, Well, that might have been how the Church did things back in the Dark Ages, but the church doesn’t have to do that anymore because all Christians know what to believe now, and it’s the truth!

You’re right, young Christian defender of the Faith. That’s exactly the point. The Church doesn’t have to use those Inquisition tactics anymore.

They’ve already accomplished everything the Church needed them to.

* * * *

Okay. So the holiest book in all of literature isn’t the truth, the whole truth, and nothing but the truth about God, and maybe it’s not even so holy anymore. But now what? Is there any truth, any real Truth out there?

Yes, there is. I could tell you what God has revealed during our conversations while I water the gardens here at the resort.

I am merely a man, and human, just like all of the rest of you. My ideas may or may not have been inspired by God — I’ll leave that for someone else to decide. But consider this: At the very least, It’s possible that I might be more inspired by God than the men that wrote and created the Bible appear to have been.

At the very least, my version of what happened actually makes some sense, maybe, but it definitely makes more sense than the bullshit story that every Christian has been told they have to believe.

If you want to continue this journey, you have to be able to walk through this door with me with an open mind. If you really want to know the truth about God, the Universe, and Everything — it’s the only tool you’ll need,

* * * *

This is what I now know and understand about God: The God I have come to understand is entirely knowable. Science is the Form of God. Mathematics is His Function. The substance of God is the nature of God, and that’s why He cannot change. God is the foundation upon which all of Creation is built.

God is a Being of pure energy: sentient energy. His consciousness fills the Universe and everything in it — from the smallest subatomic particle in the quantum universe to the tallest trees in this physical universe. His Will orients and directs all things. God exists in every thing, and He especially exists inside of each and every one of us — whether we acknowledge His presence or not.

God exists everywhere and inside of every thing — but God can only live and express Himself fully inside of us. Human beings. Whether you believe in God or not, God exists. But if you do believe, then God can live inside your heart. I literally fucking mean that in the most literal fucking way it can be taken.

This is the reason for our existence. This is our purpose in God’s plan. This is the reason why we were created in the image of God. We are the only creatures in the entire universe in which God can live, and through which He can express Himself perfectly. For that reason, and for that reason alone, we humans are the most significant creation of all of God’s Creations.

Who knew, right?

Red, yellow, white, black, or brown — the color of your skin doesn’t matter — not to God. If you are human, you can become a Temple of the Holy Spirit of the Living God, no previous work experience necessary.

* * * *

God is God. He’s not afraid to be scrutinized. He welcomes it. God actually wants us to think about Him; to question anything and everything we don’t understand about Him, and to talk directly to Him about any of our individual, or even collective concerns. God has an answer for everything. And by everything, I mean every fucking thing.

If God tells us not to be afraid because He is with us, where would you get the idea that God would be afraid of anything we might want to ask him? He’s All-Knowing, is He not? You think you’re going to scare God with a pop quiz? He already knows all the answers about everything, duh.

God wants to share His Wisdom with us. Why wouldn’t He? We are His Children and His Favorite Creation, are we not? That’s why we’re here. To complete our individual relationships with God, then act in perfect cooperation with everyone around us.

Why else do you think you have a brain? And I am so proud of myself for not saying fucking brain right there! But that’s what it’s for, isn’t it? You think with your brain, right? Have you ever met a smart person that doesn’t want to share all of their brainiac wisdom with you, and everyone else — the annoying know-it-all bastards that they are.

God isn’t any different when it comes to His knowledge, except God actually knows what He’s talking about all of the time. He’ll only drop in to chat with you when you’re ready for Him, God is actually very polite. And God will never tell you anything just because He thinks it’s what you want to hear. God is what He is.

We don’t get to pick the qualities we want in our God.

I want a God that loves me. And other people like me. But not homosexuals. They’re icky.

God picked the qualities we have because those are the qualities that God wants, and even needs in us — it’s not the other way around. We are the perfect vessels for God to live in, and we were designed to express all of the qualities of God Himself.

Here’s a kernel of truth that was edited out of the Bible texts : God’s consciousness can be controlled and directed by anyone that knows God. Here’s an example all of you should be able to grasp: God is, literally, the Force.

Yes, Luke. That Force!

* * * *

I’ve used this analogy before. You’re not going to believe this, but I’ve written a lots of stuff about God in this blog. If you don’t have anything better to do, you could read some of it. You never know where you might discover a kernel of truth… I’ve talked about three Gods in the Bible in this post, but there’s a fourth God: the Holy Spirit. I’ve written about him in this blog, too, so you can look him up in my archives if you don’t have anything better to do.

Some of the stuff I’ve written is seriously funny. Well, I think it is. So there’s that.

* * * *

Here’s another kernel of truth that the creators of the Bible almost got right. This is one mistake that may not have been an intentional misdirection. God has a name. In the Book of Exodus, Moses is talking to God when God had taken on the form of a burning bush. Moses asks God what His name is, and God replies, “I am that I am.” an answer I always thought was the stupidest thing anyone could say in that situation.

This is what God really said:

” I AM that. I AM.”

It’s true. Punctuation matters.

* * * *

This is what I know and understand about Jesus: Jesus was a man. More importantly, Jesus was a guy! He was a guy like any other guy you’ve ever known, probably, except for this: Jesus was the first guy that figured out how to communicate with God the Father on an interpersonal level. Jesus was the first person to talk to God clearly enough to figure out what God wants from us — what God needs from us.

Jesus was the first person to recover that knowledge since the Fall. Or so it is said, by some.

Jesus was faithful and true in his service to God, and was bestowed the honors that made him not only God, but the King of Heaven and Earth as well.

It’s truly unfortunate that that part of the story of Jesus was mostly edited out of the Bible…

But this is what the message and ministry of Jesus Christ was all about! That’s why Jesus lived his life the way he did — to set an example that the rest of us could follow when we finally figure out what the hell he was talking about.

Jesus is the the first person that God the Father — the Creator God of Heaven and Earth — could truly express at least part of His vast consciousness through. Jesus not only knew God, he also knew that he was one with God. If you’re one with something, that’s pretty much what you’ve become, isn’t it?

Do you have any idea of the significance of that statement? Jesus. A man of flesh and blood, united with God, a spiritual being of limitless knowledge and power. An eternal God of Love that never changes. We’ll never get sick, and we’ll never grow old. I think that’s from Cocoon.

But what does that even mean?

Here’s an example: God not only is what He is, He is what He does. If God does something for someone, even once — He can never stop doing it, not just for that person, but for all of us. Anything God will do for one of us, God will do for all of us.

That’s what that means.

* * * *

If Jesus, a mortal man from Nazareth, could become a child of God, and be one with God, then so can every other human being. You. Me. That cute girl you see on the bus on your way to work. The homeless guy you like because he says funny things that make you laugh when he’s panhandling.

This — THIS — is what Jesus was talking about when he said, “I must preach the good news of the kingdom of God…”

All we have to do to exemplify being one with God is this: Love God. And be good to one another. It’s not like we don’t have any idea how to do that. All we have to do is follow the example of Jesus: To love God. To love one another. To forgive anyone in need of forgiveness. To forgive someone even when they don’t care if they’ve been forgiven.

To live together, in peace.

There’s a reason for this. We were designed to be the Body of God.

* * * *

Okay! That’s it.

That’s how logic and common sense work, as far as analyzing God, the Bible, and stuff goes. I don’t know how to describe the rest of my ramblings,

We’re talking about Religion here, a subject where logic and common sense aren’t commonly used because those tools of the Devil’s Workshop can only lead to trouble, mister. This is why the Church doesn’t want you to question, it doesn’t want you start looking for fucking answers — because if you actually start thinking on your own, you’ll eventually realize that the bucket of holy water they’re using to douse the flames of Hell is full of holes.

I expect there will be plenty of righteous Christian indignation because of this heretical posting. Well, if anyone ever reads it, it could happen… I suppose. I can almost hear the outcry, Someone is attacking our faith! This is exactly what every Christian has been weaponized for. To defend their belief system. To defend it even to the death.

I don’t know any Christians that wouldn’t be proud to die for their God, whichever one it is they’ve chosen to be their God. To be fair, it’s not just Christians. Every religion has conditioned their followers to circle the wagons and stand up against anyone that questions the veracity of their beliefs.

If you’re a Christian, and you still happen to be reading this…trash — have you considered that now might be a good time to reconsider what you believe to be the truth? Or does the prospect of having to admit that you were not only lied to — but that you sincerely believed the lie — does that daunt you too much to even consider the possibility of reconsidering?

I’m not saying these things to make fun of Christians for being gullible enough to believe a set of cleverly orchestrated lies, I’m saying this to warn them that they have been deceived.

See? Nothing personal, it’s just business.

* * * *

One of the scenarios outlined in the Book of Revelation regarding the End of Times is the emergence of false religion. The True Faith will come under attack. There’s going to be a Great Tribulation, an Antichrist, a False Prophet, and woes that will befall the planet times three.

If you’ve been paying attention, false religion doesn’t have to arise out of the abyss anymore. It’s already fucking here, dude.

How far away can the rest of the scenario be now?

If you’re looking at me to answer this, I don’t know. But I know the clock has always been ticking, and eventually that alarm is going to go off. I’ve already stated that I believe the End of this Age is upon us. I don’t expect many people to believe what I’ve said. Why should they? I’m an old retired guy living out his retirement in the Middle of Nowhere, Jalisco, Mexico who golfs poorly, waters gardens passionately, and plays with kit-tens often.

I can’t say for certain that any of the things I’m saying are true: they could be true, or I could be completely off the rails. I have no idea why God likes to talk to me. But He does.

I’m cannot tell you where it is this is going or what is going to happen. What I can tell you is this: I am the guy that’s willing to fuck around enough to find out.

* * * *

That was fun, wasn’t it? Maybe next time we’ll talk about things that are little more down to earth. Like UFO’s or something.

The Last Crusade

Is it just me, or does anyone else look at recent world events and scratch their head, then mutter to themself, “What the fuck?”

It doesn’t matter where you are in the world, there’s probably some sort of excrement hitting some type of air circulating device that is affecting your life negatively in some manner. One might be tempted to think that the whole world has gone crazy, except the crazy part isn’t new. It’s always been crazy. It’s just crazier than usual lately. And the pandemic has only increased its pace.

Perhaps the craziest place in the world right now is the United States of America. A cultural conflict has been boiling there for the last several years. Some people might look at it as a political struggle. But closer to the truth, this is a religious battle that’s being played out in a political arena.

I call it the Last Crusade.

* * * *

If you don’t remember history, the Crusades were Holy Wars. They were military campaigns sanctioned by the Roman Catholic Church to expand the realm of Christianity; to regain the Holy Land, and free it from Islamic rule. The Crusades refers to the nine major Christian invasions of the Middle East that lasted from 1095 to 1272.

If you’re suddenly interested in knowing more about how religious wars have wreaked havoc upon the world you can look it up on The Google.

* * * *

The original crusades were Medieval Christian armies fighting Muslim armies sword to sword and hand to hand, you know, the typical blood and gore everywhere kind of affairs that humans are so good at.

This crusade is essentially Christian v. Christian. The battles, so far, have mostly been a war of words and defensive posturing, but these things have a way of boiling over sometimes.

Take, for instance, January 6, 2021.

Only one of these two forces has a well-equipped militia. They’re not well-regulated. They aren’t regulated at all. And for that we can all thank the American Rifle Association.

* * * *

The two political parties sparring for supremacy in the US are the Democrats and the Republicans. Politically, in my opinion, the Democrats represent the People With Brains. The Republicans represent the Walmart Intelligencia. How these two sides view their country and its future are vastly different — so much so that it’s hard to believe these two groups of people actually live in the same country.

In terms of religion, the Republicans tend to be Christian Evangelical conservatives that believe everything in the Bible is true, even the parts that contradict themselves. As near as I can tell, they are Old Testament Christians — it’s a term so oxymoronic — the oxy part is so incongruous that it just becomes moronic.

There aren’t any Christians in the Old Testament. You could look it up.

These MAGA/OTC’s want to restore and maintain good old fashioned family values and morality by taking the country back to 1950’s standards. Not 1950 CE. 1950 BCE.

Ask any MAGA you happen to see how they feel about gay people. Or immigration. Or abortion. Or the COVID vaccine. Or racial supremacy.

They’re not forgiving people. And when anyone points out to them that Jesus said we’re supposed to forgive others — they’re reaction essentially is, What the fuck did he know. We don’t care what he said in that part of the Bible.

If their words don’t say it, their actions do.

They have a long list of Things We Don’t Want. As odd as this might sound, any right that isn’t constitutionally guaranteed by the Second Amendment is being attacked. You can look them up if you’re not sure what those items might be. You could even do that here. I’m a combat veteran of the First Trump War. I wrote a bunch of political stuff during the First Pandemic.

There’s only one thing they all seem to agree on about when it comes to the subject of what they do want.

Guns.

They want to be able to exercise their God-given right to keep and bear arms because this is America, goddamnit. And they don’t care how many people have to die in the process. Their God is a righteous god of hellfire and damnation. He is the angry God of the Old Testament.

* * * *

The other Christian force is pretty much just that. All of the Other Christians. These people actually try to do what Jesus said, Love God. And be good to each other. They want to be inclusive to everyone, excluding no one. They want to make the world a better place. They want peace, and most of all, they don’t want to be shot to death by people with guns.

Not anymore.

* * * *

They’re probably not sure just who or what God is, but they’re hoping He’s the God Jesus talked about. The Nice God who created us, and loves us, and forgives anyone that asks Him for forgiveness — no matter what the fuck we did! The God that’s somehow going to save our sorry asses, and then, somehow, life is going to be… awesome.

The Far Out Totally Cool God of the New Testament, that’s the God the Hippie Christians are talking about.

* * * *

All of the other major religions are also present in America, as well as atheists and agnostics. They no doubt think all of this Christian drama is very ugly, stupid, and so unnecessary, but if they have to choose a side they’d probably go along with the Hippie Christians, mostly because they’re tired of living in fear that they’ll be the next victims of the next mass shooting.

An event that will be repeated soon, and repeated again, coming to a town near you any day now.

* * * *

And that’s America in a nutshell at this precise moment in time. This is the Last Crusade for the hearts and minds of all Christians, not just in America, but all across the world.

* * * *

I’m sure there have been many people that have speculated on the Who What Where When and Why this is happening. I’m one of them. This is one of the many things I ponder as I water the gardens here at the Chula Vista Resort and Spa.

I question God, the Universe, and Everything. And in return I receive… impressions.

Before I conclude I just want to say that I welcome any feedback about the cause of the current state of world affairs that offer alternatives to the one I’m about to propose. Anyone want Climate Change? Artificial Intelligence, anyone? Mercury in Retrograde?

* * * *

The end of this Age probably isn’t as far away as you might think. Or hope.

And I know what you’re thinking — Oh shit. He’s one of them! And I would agree. I always thought those fucking guys were crazy too. I mean, none of them was ever right, so they had to be crazy. And they were losers to boot.

However…

If you believe in the Law of Averages, at the very least you’ll have to admit this: Sooner or later, someone is going to have to be right about this. You can’t be wrong about something forfuckingever.

It’s an actual Law. That, is Science.

Someday, someone is going announce, It’s the End of the World! And they’re not going to be wrong about it. Or crazy.

So, here it is. The End of this Age is coming and will soon be upon us. All of the generations that now walk the earth, from the Greatest Generation to Baby Boomers to Millennials to Gen X, Y, & Z — we will bear witness to the implosion of mankind and pretty much everything we’ve accomplished.

All because we couldn’t agree on just Who and What God really is.

If you carefully consider this for a moment, it’s not as crazy as it first sounded.

* * * *

Thank you very much for your time and please come back again.

And there’s one more thing: if you thought the last two years were off the chain, you ain’t seen nothing yet.

Cats/Vacation/Earthquake!

For those of you that like to watch movies, you might recognize the three words of the title to this installment of my blog are all movie titles, too. They’re not necessarily good movies, but they more or less sum up what’s been happening in my life for the last few weeks.

The featured image for this post is the album cover from Pink Floyd’s ninth studio album, Wish You Were Here. It was released in 1975, and it’s probably my favorite album from the Floyd boys.

* * * *

Perhaps Little Known Fact About This Band: The name Pink Floyd was created on the spur of a moment in 1965 by Syd Barrett, one of the founding members of the band. The name came from two blues musicians in his record collection: Pink Anderson and Floyd Council.

Yeah, I’ve never heard of them either.

Wish You Were Here is essentially a musical tribute to Syd, who was booted out of his own band in 1968 due to mental illness and increasingly erratic behavior secondary to profound psychedelic drug use. Seven years later, his band mates still missed him.

It’s a musically sad album, but also very sweet and beautiful. It’s grief and anger, interspersed with doses of love.

* * * *

Cats is a 2019 feature movie directed by Tom Hooper, that was based on the 1981 play composed by Andrew Lloyd Webber, which was based on the 1939 poetry collection Old Possum’s Book of Practical Cats by T. S. Eliot. I’ve never seen the movie. Or the play. Nor have I read the book. But I’m pretty sure I’ve heard a song or two from one of those productions.

Here at the Chula Vista Resort and Spa, Cats has been translated into los gatitos cuatros, and a great majority of my waking life has been focused on the care and feeding thereof. We gave Gremlin and Pixie, the two starving orphans that found us in early August, full run of the house 12 days ago, and then we held our breath.

Operation Kit-ten Integration is in full swing.

Mika and Mollie haven’t exactly been friendly with their new house mates, but there hasn’t been any overt declarations of war either. So this is probably going about as smoothly as it can, at least as far as Lea and I are concerned.

I was kind of hoping our adult cats would be a bit more welcoming. Now I’m hoping Mika and Mollie will simply come to grudgingly accept Gremlin and Pixie over the next several months. Or years…

* * * *

Gremlin and Pixie are snoozing on the couch in the living room as I type this. It’s a good thing because Pixie had been walking on the keyboard a few minutes earlier. I appreciate her trying to help me, but she doesn’t type any better than I do… The babies are about four months old now. They’ve been very entertaining to say the least. They’re cute as kit-tens, and almost irresistible.

Mika and Mollie are a little over four years old, and they don’t appear to anywhere near as taken with the cuteness of the babies’ antics as Lea and I are. Maybe they don’t remember they were once cute little bundles of furry energy, too.

The babies are finally healthy, having recovered from damn near starving to death, being covered with fleas and fungi, and being infested with intestinal worms. They have fat bellies, and their fur feels like silk. I’m not sure they could be any happier or more content with their new lives.

From my point of view, our older kit-tens should be happier with the new circumstances of their lives. They’re certainly getting better service and more attention from Lea and I because of the newcomers. I clean all four of the litter boxes twice a day now, and we both take the time to check on Mika and Mollie throughout the day to make sure they don’t look too miserable segregating themselves from everything and everyone.

It reminds me of the approach I used to take with my Borderline Personality Disorder patients back when I was a psych nurse. I’d meet with them first thing in the morning and go over a few reasonable and attainable goals. I’d drop in frequently during the day to give them little pep talks, give them whatever PRN medications they desired, and prayed for the best with those bitches. You can never trust a Borderline to do the right thing for too long.

Yo, Mr. Psychiatry. This is interesting and all, but what sort of fungal stuff did your cats have, if you don’t mind me asking…

Not at all. They had ringworm.

* * * *

Ringworm of the body (tinea corporis) is a common skin infection that is caused by a fungus. It’s called “ringworm” because it usually causes a circular rash (shaped like a ring, duh) that is very red and extremely itchy. 

I can personally vouch for the truth of the above statement.

It’s also very contagious, therefore, extremely easy to spread. You can also get ringworm of the scalp (tinea capitis), which is worse than ringworm of the body, mostly because it’s much harder to treat. And there’s also the possibility you could get ringworm of the groin (tinea cruris).

It’s unfortunate our veterinarian didn’t notice the ringworms the first two times we took the babies in to her office for treatment and vaccines and stuff.. Lea and I didn’t know we had been fungally contaminated until we were on the second week of our —

* * * *

Vacation is a 2015 American comedy film written and directed by Jonathan Goldstein and John Francis Daley. It’s the fifth theatrical installment of the very popular National Lampoon Vacation film series. As far as I’m concerned, they should’ve stopped at two. And there are literally thousands of movies that have the word vacation in the title, so if you don’t like this movie either, you can easily chose another.

Vacation is also a song released by the all-female rock band, the Go-Go’s in 1982. The song was the first single from their album of the same name. Vacation, the song, became one of the Go-Go’s highest charting singles, reaching No. 8 on the Billboard Hot 100 and was the band’s second US Top-10 hit. 

And there’s this little tidbit from a couple of the band members, “We still saw videos as an annoying waste of time,” Jane Wiedlin said. “After seven or eight hours we sent out someone to sneak in booze.” Kathy Valentine recalled, “…we drank lots of champagne. Lots.”

Yep. Being a rockstar in the 1980’s was every bit as banal and boring as you might have imagined it was.

* * * *

Lea and I flew back up to the States at the beginning of September, and we spent two weeks exploring the State in which we had resided the longest, Minnesota. We visited with a select few family members the first few days we were there, we shopped our asses off. We visited a few places special to us, and attended one activity that we loved.

We went to the State Fair — The Great Minnesota Get-Together — it’s a very big deal in Minnesota. There were just under 250,000 people at the fairgrounds on the day we went, and we spent the entire day with our youngest daughter, Abi. That was probably the best part of our visit — we never get to spend much time with her anymore.

We went to the North Shore of Lake Superior, where the entire population is less than 250,000 people. It’s probably my most favorite place that I’ve ever been.

I have to remind myself that we actually had a great time, most of the time. The timing of our trip ended up being perhaps the worst time we could’ve picked to leave our home. And all of our kit-tens. And then Queen Elizabeth II got dead!

Fortunately, our oldest daughter and her husband and their dog had just returned to live in Mexico for the next several months until they get bitten by the Travel Bug again and take off to…wherever…again. Gwen took care of the kit-tens. John took care of everything else, and he sent me pictures of all of the kit-tens every day while we were gone. What a guy!

The first week of our vacation flew by, and that’s when things started going a bit south for us. Ironically, we were on the North Shore when I realized the itchy red circles that had erupted on both of my forearms, and Lea’s forearms, too, was fucking ringworm.

* * * *

If I had been a Med/Surg nurse instead of a Psych nurse, I probably would’ve recognized the hallmark symptoms of ringworm sooner. And then I might not have ended up looking like unto a leper, or someone who had snuffed out half a pack of cigarettes on his forearms.

Lea had a milder case of ringworm than I did, but I had spent way more time with our malnourished orphans than she had. I ended up with seven fulminating lesions on my right arm, six on my left. Fortunately, I didn’t end up with ringworm of the scalp. Or on my groin, thank you Lord. The treatment was relatively simple. A lots and lots of antifungal ointments. And hand sanitizer.

My arms look almost normal again, whatever that is.

* * * *

Once we realized what was afflicting us, Lea and I cancelled all of our remaining visitations with everyone, simply because we didn’t want to take the chance of passing our fungi on to anyone else, and we just wanted to go home. Unfortunately, if we wanted to fly back to Mexico with the tickets we had already purchased, we had to wait four more days to do so. They were some of the longest days of our lives in recent history. We bunkered up in our Airbnb in St. Paul and binge watched TV shows and movies.

We flew home on September 13th. I wanted to scream at our veterinarian, Dra. Bereniece, when we brought the kit-tens to her office to be treated for ringworm the following day — but I remembered I used to be healthcare worker — and sometimes shit just happens. And Dra. Bereniece has given our kit-tens excellent care all of the other times we’ve had to bring them to her office, so I kept my temper on a short leash, and told my mouth to sit down and shut up.

It took ten days to complete the oral meds for the kit-tens. And I gave them antifungal shampoos as often as I thought they needed them. Somewhat amazingly, the babies endured all of those treatments remarkably well. And Gremlin just might be the coolest cat that ever lived because he essentially let us do whatever we needed to do to him without so much as a hiss.

* * * *

But wait, there’s more! If you’ve been following this blog, you might remember this is the Rainy Season in the Lakeside Area. We’ve had over 30 inches of rain since mid-June. And when you get that much rain, you better have a leak-free roof.

We didn’t think we had any leaks in our roof before we went on vacation from retirement. Yeah, we were wrong about that. But I’m pleased to say those leaks have been sorted out by Tacho and Lupe. The mold that appeared on the ceiling of the master bedroom has been remediated. The ceiling around the fireplace in the living room is going to need some cosmetic work, eventually, once everything dries out.

* * * *

All of that crap was bad enough to come home to, but Lea and I both came down with terrible head colds when we were flying home. This isn’t the first time we’ve had that happen, but we’re hoping it will be the last time. We’ve been sicker than hell for almost two weeks, and have just now started feeling better enough to want to live again. It’s not COVID, if that’s what you’re thinking. I’ve had that shit, and I know what it feels like. And Lea appears to be immune to it.

We were expecting an actual true-to-life visitor to the resort last week, but I ended up begging her not to come down, and pleasepleaseplease reschedule her trip. Thankfully, she decided she’d like to celebrate her next birthday here at the resort in January.

Thank you, Jaye. You did the right thing.

* * * *

And that brings me to the third part of title of the post —

* * * *

Earthquake is a 1974 American ensemble disaster/drama film directed and produced by Mark Robson, starring Charlton Heston, Ava Gardner, and a cast of thousands. The plot concerns the struggle for survival after a catastrophic earthquake destroys most of the city of Los Angeles, California.

I’ve seen this movie, probably more than once. I guess it was okay. My kinda/sorta roommate when I was in the US Army, Specialist 4th Class Randy Paul was from Los Angeles. The movie gave him nightmares after he saw it because, “…that’s where I fuckin’ grew up, man! You don’t know what it’s like to see almost everything you know get wiped off the face of the earth, man.”

He had a point, so I stopped laughing at him.

* * * *

September 19th. It’s historically been a tragic date in Mexico. Three earthquakes have hit this country on that date. In 1985 at 7:17 AM, a magnitude 8.0 earthquake hit Mexico City, destroying huge parts of the city and killing at least 5,000 people, and injuring tens of thousands of people. 

In 2017 an earthquake struck at 1:14 PM with an estimated magnitude of 7.1 and strong shaking for about 20 seconds. Its epicenter was about 35 miles south of the city of Puebla, Mexico. At least 370 people were killed by the earthquake and related building collapses, including 228 in Mexico City, and more than 6,000 people were injured.

We were living in Mexico when that earthquake hit, but we didn’t feel so much as a quiver from it.

This year at 1:05 PM a magnitude 7.7 earthquake struck between the Mexican states of Michoacán and Colima. There were only two reported deaths attributed to the earthquake, and less than 500 people were injured. Somewhat ironically, there had been a nationwide disaster drill about an hour before the quake. Maybe that’s why there were so few deaths or injuries. Everybody already knew what they were supposed to do…

Like unto almost every earthquake that has ever quaked, there have been several aftershocks here of varying magnitude in the days that followed. We haven’t felt any of them, but several of the people I know here have felt them, and they haven’t been any more fun than the first quake had been.

* * * *

I was sitting in a restaurant waiting for our take-out lunch order to be filled when the earthquake hit. I was sitting in a wobbly chair — you know, it kind of rocked from side-to-side because of uneven ground. Or uneven legs. Or both. And then I noticed my chair wasn’t the only thing rocking back and forth in the restaurant, and I started feeling like maybe I was drunk or something.

Everyone seated at the restaurant was looking around trying to figure out what the hell was happening. I know I was.

“Earthquake! Everybody get outside! NOW!” I’m not sure who said that, but it was someone that had definitely been through an earthquake before. In terms of terror and destruction here in the Lakeside Area, this wasn’t much of an earthquake. Only one business that has closed because of “earthquake damage”, and it probably wasn’t in that good of shape before the quake hit…

The lack of terror and destruction aside, I have to admit it felt very weird to feel the ground beneath my feet jiggle like unto Jell-O. I immediately tried calling my lovely supermodel wife to make sure she was okay, and she didn’t answer her phone. This has happened every goddamn time there’s been an emergency, and I absolutely needed to talk to her, right now!

Seriously. That’s not a joke. So, in a way, I was used to it. I told myself she was okay, and paid for our take-out order. Hey, we were hungry, and if we weren’t dead we going to need to eat… The restaurant I was at is less than a mile from our house, so it was a quick commute back home. Lea was intentionally standing in the doorway when I pulled up to the gate to let me know she really was okay.

When the earthquake hit, she had done the same thing I had. She ran outside just in cases the house decided to collapse. And when she got outside she realized she had left her cellphone on the couch. By the time she had retrieved her phone and tried to call me back, the circuits were so busy from everybody in Mexico trying to call someone else to see if they were okay that no one could call anyone.

* * * *

I don’t think I have ever hugged her so hard. And I could not stop myself from shaking. When I was reasonably sure I wasn’t going to vomit, we sat down and had lunch with our kit-tens. French dip sandwiches. And peanut butter pie for dessert.

Life will go on for us, and thankfully, almost everyone else in the seismic country we have adopted as our new home.

* * * *

I had no idea how to end this post, so I took a break from it for the last two or three weeks. I’m still not sure how I’m going to wrap this up, I only know that I need to do it. It’s time to get moving again.

I meet with a few guys every Monday to discuss our individual life experiences, and anything else that pops into our heads. I just came back from this week’s meeting. I call it A Meeting of the Two Wise Men. It gives us a certain amount of leeway, just in cases one or more us decides to do something stupid.

Yeah, it still happens, even though we’re supposed to be old and wise by now.

One of the sometimes Two Men is a guy named Bill Merrill. Bill is a much more social animal than I am, and a lots of people stop by to say hello to him when we meet. I don’t know most of the people he knows, so Bill introduces me like this, “This is my friend Mark. Mark is on a spiritual journey.”

* * * *

I can’t argue with that intro. I am on a spiritual journey. I spend more time communicating with God, the Universe, and Everything than I do with anyone else. Including my lovely supermodel wife, and I know have to start doing a better job at that.

I have found God to be almost totally unlike everything I was taught to believe about God. And my relationship with Him. Perhaps the most surprising part is how easily approachable He is. And how near. My prayers don’t have make the Kessel run to reach him. Nor do I have to wait 78.24 light years to hear a response from Him.

The guy that wants a lightsaber will understand that reference.

* * * *

The fact that I have to essentially un-learn almost everything I know is somewhat daunting. The fact that I’m totally willing to do it might somehow shorten the process, but I really do possess a headful of crap in my brain. And how does one actually empty one’s mind? This task leads me to comparisons with Hercules cleaning the Augean stables. And even the Star Wars guy might have to Google that reference.

I don’t know where this journey will lead. I only know that I’m committed to finding out, and I’m not sure I could stop now even if I wanted to. From my point of view, the ending can’t be worse than anything I’ve already seen.

So there’s a better than average chance that will have to be an improvement…

Survivor Stories

Good morning everyone. I hope you’re all safe and sound. And stuff.

For those of you that don’t follow me on the Facebook, I recently became a COVID-19 survivor. The only reason I mention this is because I tend to document and share almost everything that happens in our lives on my Facebook page.

It drives my wife crazy sometimes…

Seeing how we’ve been living with this pandemic for the last two years, everyone has a COVID survivor story or knows someone that does by now. And yes, I’m going to tell you all about my personal experience with the disease that shut down the planet. So I’m going to apologize in advance for doing that. This is what old people do. We tell everyone about every ache and pain we’ve ever had.

* * * *

Survivor, if you do a Google search for that word, will mostly provide information about an American TV show on CBS that I have never watched. Even once. If you’ve seen this show, I don’t need to explain anything about it. If you’re like unto me and you haven’t seen it, you probably don’t care anything about it either.

Survivor is also an American rock band based out of Chicago that hit the top of the charts in the 1980’s. They’re best known song is Eye of the Tiger, the theme song for the 1982 motion picture Rocky III. I’m not sure who Rocky Balboa fought in that movie anymore, but I do remember that song. It’s still a good song.

* * * *

I came down with COVID around the middle of June.

It started out with a fever and chills. Generalized malaise — aches and pains. And stuff. Those symptoms lasted about four days. On Day 4, I actually felt great! I thought, That wasn’t so bad, and I thought my bout with COVID was over. I’ve had common colds that made me feel worse.

This is the funny part, at no point in time prior to this did it even occur to me that I had COVID. Global pandemic — forgot all about it. And I used to be a nurse! You’d think it’d be the first thing I thought of, not the last… Another funny thing — COVID was the first thing my lovely supermodel wife thought of when I told her I was feeling ill.

* * * *

As an aside, we didn’t do any quarantining. By the time I decided to get tested, four or five days had already elapsed. We figured Lea had already been exposed, so the whole quarantine thing seemed like it would have been too little, too late.

For whatever reason, Lea didn’t come down with COVID. Not so much as a sniffle.

* * * *

On Day 5 I woke up with a headache that wouldn’t go away, and I had absolutely no energy when I woke up in the morning. That was when I realized I had contracted the Coronavirus. I more or less stumbled from our bedroom to the living room, laid down on the couch, and slept almost all day. And that was more or less what I did every day until the end of July.

I didn’t lose my sense of taste or smell, but I did lose anything even remotely resembling an appetite. I lost about 8-10 lbs. in a week. I’ve put it all back on, so I won’t have to replace my wardrobe…

The other symptom I may or may not remember with any clarity is the state of delirium I fell into. And I stayed there for a week or more.

* * * *

Delirium is a serious disturbance in mental abilities that results in confused thinking and reduced awareness of the environment. The start of delirium is usually rapid — within hours or a few days. Delirium can often be traced to one or more contributing factors, such as a severe acute or chronic illness, changes in metabolic balance (such as low sodium), medication, infection, surgery, or alcohol or drug intoxication or withdrawal.

* * * *

To say I was in a mental fog doesn’t seem to be an adequate description to me, unless it was one of those super thick, London/pea soup fogs that swallows everything in a dense mist. That is a much more apt description. In layman’s terms, I was fuckin’ out there, man.

In my befogged mind, I wandered through my altered awareness, searching for the divinity inherent in all of us. I descended into the darkest depths of my being — searching out places that I normally wouldn’t choose to revisit. I found my demons and freed them from where I had imprisoned them.

Okay, I’m not sure this actually happened. I was delirious. But it sounds cool.

Well, there is this one more thing: there’s a part of me that sometimes feels like a kid again post-COVID. Yeah, it is kind of cool! So there’s a part of me that thinks I may have actually freed some demons. It’s hard to tell with this kind of thing. You’re good one day…

And I dreamed of kit-tens. And yard renovation.

I’m not sure why those two topics popped into my head. I couldn’t intentionally focus on anything, except feeling like hell. Other than kidney stones, I can’t think of another illness that made me feel as miserable as COVID did.

Perhaps God, the Universe, and Everything sent me visions of comfort to ease my misery. Is there anything cuter than a kit-ten? Besides more kit-tens??

But yard renovation? We’ve already done all of the outdoor renovations we are going to do here at our rented resort. There are only so many improvements we’re willing to invest in and take on for a place we don’t own, and don’t ever plan on owning.

The backyard fence is one of those ugly-ass chain link things with three strands of barbed wire running across the top. Anything, including no fence, would look better than our fence. It’s the kind of fence you’d expect to see at a prison for reprobate kindergarteners.

* * * *

I’m not sure when I stopped feeling like I was going to die to death, but I’ve been feeling more or less back to normal — whatever that is — for a couple of weeks now. I have resumed my usual duties as Steward of the Realm at the Chula Vista Resort and Spa. I’ve also resumed playing golf, whenever the weather permits. It’s been raining like a bastard down here, and my golf course has a tendency to turn into a river whenever the skies open up…

A couple of weeks ago, I started hearing kit-tens meowing in the gardens of our front yard. That’s not unusual here. Our neighbor has a goddamn herd of cats that hang out in our gardens and crap profusely in our yard. I figured the kit-tens I was hearing were her kit-tens.

On August 2nd, the kit-tens I didn’t want to find decided to find me, and climbed to the windowsill of one of the windows in our dining room. The window they picked is right above the food bowls for Mika and Mollie.

There were two kit-tens. A light tan Siamese mix kit-ten, and a dark gray mottled kit-ten. They had to be littermates because they were clearly bonded to each other. The tan kit-ten mewed pitifully and constantly. The darker kit-ten, the smaller of the two, opened her mouth widely to meow, but not a sound came out of her mouth.

It was the loudest cry for help I have ever heard.

The kit-tens were beyond malnourished; they were starving. If they hadn’t found us on that particular Tuesday morning, I don’t think they would have been alive on Wednesday. When Lea joined me with a packet of soft cat food, we had never seen anything so small eat with so much ferocity.

I didn’t think my heart was capable of being broken anymore.

I was wrong.

* * * *

I’m not completely sure I actually wanted more kit-tens. We tried that once. It didn’t turn out well. Actually, it was a total clusterfuck of a disaster. But God, the Universe, and Everything literally dropped two little orphans on our doorstep, and I am not going to oppose the Will of God if I can avoid it. So we adopted the orphans — Gremlin and Pixie — and now we have four kit-tens again.

Because we already have two indoor cats, our veterinarian told us we couldn’t immediately introduce our new kit-tens to our old kit-tens. Fleas, worms, feline leukemia — I’m sure there were other considerations. And we learned one of the kit-tens, Gremlin, is a boy. Pixie, the littlest kit-ten, is a girl.

We went shopping and bought a color coordinated carrier and litter box, and I set up a kit-ten care center on the carport. I told Gremlin and Pixie to stay there until we figured out what we going to do with them. And they did! For a week!!

It’s probably the only time in history that someone said, “Stay.” to a cat, and the cat obeyed.

That’s probably the most compelling reason for me wanting to keep them. They didn’t want to leave us. We moved our little orphans into our guest room a couple of days ago, and they are more than content. The fleas and worms have been eradicated. Both of the kit-tens have fat little bellies and have filled out so much that we can’t count their ribs anymore. They eat and play and sleep and poop. And poop. And, poop some more — they’re acting like kit-tens again.

I check in on them frequently and watch them at play. And my soul purrs with contentment.

Mika and Mollie have been immensely curious about our new kit-tens, but not exactly receptive to them. Any problems we’re going to have with the transition from two to four indoor kit-tens are going to be created by them. Gremlin and Pixie are the most chillinest kit-tens I’ve ever seen. We’re going to take this transition as slowly as we need to. Or, I should say, as slowly as our older kit-tens need.

* * * *

I would be content to stop here. I survived COVID. Gremlin and Pixie survived starvation. But there’s one more thing: the ugly-ass fence in the backyard. Two-thirds of the chain link fence still survives, but the other one-third was ripped all to hell and back when the retaining wall separating our yard from the golf course below our yard collapsed in the last major thunderstorm that unloaded on the Lakeside Area exactly one week ago tonight.

Collapsed is the wrong word. Exploded is probably closer to the truth. Our backyard is probably forty feet away from the first fairway. When the wall fell, rocks rolled halfway into the middle of the fairway. There were a few unexpected hazards on the first hole last weekend…

We’ve had a crew of three or four guys reconstructing the retaining wall this week. They spent three days clearing all the debris and vines and shrubs away from the remaining fence. A new foundation for the part of the wall that needs to be rebuilt was set yesterday. All they need to do is pile another seventy-five thousand rocks together, hold them in place with concrete, and they might be done by the end of next week.

Lea and I visit with our construction team several times a day. We fill a cooler with ice and water and Coca-Cola to keep our crew hydrated. And Lea buys them doughnuts every morning. Those guys are all in love with my wife. And they are building a great wall for us.

* * * *

In retrospect, if I had known my delirious dreams were going to suddenly come true I would have been a lots more specific with my thoughts. I didn’t want the fence removed. I wanted the vines and bougainvillea bushes growing in the fence removed. Well, they’re gone now. Along with almost everything growing in that part of the garden, too.

* * * *

I’m not sure what God, the Universe, and Everything is trying to tell me. Be careful what you wish for comes to mind. The most exciting part about this for me and from my perspective is an open line of communication to the Great Beyond appears to have been opened from within. I’m excited by the future and the things to come — just as long as there are no more kit-tens involved.

Twisting by the Pool

My lovely supermodel wife and I have been living the dream down here in Mexico for almost six years now. Yeah, it doesn’t seem that long to us either, and conversely, it seems like we’ve always been here.

Like unto any other place in the world, there are pluses and minuses about living here. For one thing, it’s a foreign country. The language barrier would probably be at the top of my list– but, thankfully we live in Gringolandia. We don’t speak a whole lots of Spanish, but almost everyone living in this area speaks at least a little English. Conversations can be tricksy, but we almost always find a way to get our messages across.

The two things that bother me most about Mexico don’t have anything to do with language. Those two things are: roof rats and the swimming pool here at the Chula Vista Resort and Spa.

* * * *

The common roof rat has about fifty different names, and can be found no matter where you live. You don’t have to come to Mexico to see one. The first Mexican roof rats probably arrived with the Spanish conquistadors back in the 1500’s, and they are in no danger of ever being added to the Endangered Species List. Anywhere.

Roof Rats got their name from the fact that they build their homes under the the clay tiles that everyone puts on the roofs of their houses in Mexico. But if they can’t find a roof, they’ll live in trees. Or anything else that a rat can build a home in/on/near.

In essence, these fucking rats can live goddamn near anywhere.

There are probably people that love rats, but I’m not one of them. Remember the Black Plague? That was caused by a bacterium named Yersinia pestis, that lived inside of fleas that lived on rats. Commonly called the Black Death back in the 1400’s, this plague is estimated to have killed anywhere from 75- 200 million people — more than half of the population of Europe back then.

It’s still the most fatal pandemic in human history.

* * * *

I’ve no doubt written about both of these subjects in my blog before. I tried to kill one rat that was hanging out in our carport, and failed. I killed the second rat I found, which was hanging out on our back patio. There are possibly dozens of rats still living here at the resort, and I will never be able to get rid of them. Without using dynamite. Or a flamethrower. That’s the worst part of this scenario for me.

Two rats died to death when they fell into the swimming pool and couldn’t get out. That’s about the only good thing I can think of to say about the pool. It has killed more rats than I have. For the most part, the pool has been the bane of our idyllic existence here at the resort.

* * * *

Twisting by the Pool is a song by the British rock group, Dire Straits. It was released in 1983 as a single record, and it probably got a lots of air time on the radio way back in the day. It’s a catchy tune, so if you’ve never heard it before, it’s worth a listen or two…

* * * *

I can’t say that I hate our swimming pool. I can say that I’ve never used it, and that’s mostly because I’ve never been a swimming pool guy. The first time I jumped into a swimming pool when I was in the fourth grade, I almost drowned. That’s because I didn’t know how to swim.

Over the years I’ve learned to swim a little bit, which would only lengthen the amount of time it would take for me to drown now if I were to find myself in water deeper than my height. So, yeah, I don’t spend much time frolicking in any water, no matter how deep it is or isn’t.

* * * *

Having a swimming pool might be a dream for some people. Not for me. Our house in Arizona had a pool, and Lea got a lot of use out of it. We lived at that house for nine years, and I can count all of times I used it on one hand.

Lea lounges in the pool here during the hottest days of April and May. Gwen and John hang out by the pool when they’re here, but I don’t think either one of them have ever used it. Todd uses the pool more than anyone else when he’s here, even in the winter. He must be part polar bear… I’ve never been inside of this pool when it had water in it. And I don’t see that ever changing.

* * * *

The one nice thing about our pool in Arizona was it was relatively new, so it was mostly easy to maintain. This pool was probably installed in the 1960’s. The easiest way to maintain this pool would be to drain it, fill it with rocks and soil, and turn it into a garden. The second easiest thing to do would be to completely rebuild it, which we aren’t going to do, mostly because it wouldn’t be easy. Or cheap.

We’re reasonably sure that our landlord isn’t interested in rebuilding it either, so we have to try to maintain the pool just enough to keep it fuctionable for the limited number of people that use it.

Even though we have a guy that cleans our pool twice a week, I clean the pool on the days our pool guy isn’t here. I grab the net and skim leaves, insects, and other sundry/miscellaneous shit out of it almost every day. I do this because it makes my wife happy to see a clean swimming pool, and a happy wife is so much easier to live with than an unhappy wife…

But finding a good pool guy here has been harder than it was to find a reliable dope dealer back in the ’70’s and ’80’s. That’s when I used to smoke a lots of dope…

* * * *

Our first pool guy was Miguel. He was the gardener/pool guy/yard maintenance guy when we moved into the resort. Miguel worked for us in that capacity for two years. After Todd and I started resurrecting the gardens, Miguel would grab his hoe and rip out all of the flowers and plants we had just planted. So we fired him as a gardener. Then we fired him as a yard maintenance guy because we figured if he had actually done the maintenance he was supposed to do, we wouldn’t have had to contend with the Royal and Ancient Hedgerow at all.

We kept him on as our pool guy for another year, mostly because he was the only person that understood how the complex plumbing for the pool works, and I felt guilty about firing him from two of his jobs and reducing his income. He has a wife and more than one child, and his oldest kid is in college.

Yes, I do have a soft heart. But don’t tell anyone…

It seems that Miguel was about as interested in taking care of our pool as he was in trimming hedges. He was a lousy pool guy most of the time. And that surprised me. Miguel works for the guy more or less across the street from us, and he busts his ass for that guy… Seriously, I’ve seen him work there. He doesn’t mess around.

It’s something that makes me scratch my head and wonder what his problem was with us.

At any rate, after one week of especially terrible service from Miguel, I sent him a text — in Spanish — telling him what I would like to see him start doing with our pool. I felt I wasn’t being too unreasonable in my requests. Apparently, Miguel did. He came over and gave me his keys to the gates, and said he couldn’t work here anymore.

* * * *

When Miguel resigned, we hired a new pool guy, Christian. He was referred to us by a pool service company just down the hill from the resort. Christian came over and spent an hour cleaning the pool, emptying the skimmers and filters and stuff. And we were impressed!!

We chatted with Christian while he cleaned, and we told him about Miguel — who was very prompt, but did a lousy job of actually cleaning. And everything went great with Christian for about two weeks. Our main issue with Christian was we never knew if he was actually going to show up to clean the pool. I had multiple, MULTIPLE conversations with Christian about his inconsistent arrivals.

Life is unpredictable. Shit happens. I get it. If something comes up and you can’t make it here, send me a text, I will understand.

Christian said he understood, too. But there was one thing he just couldn’t do. He couldn’t bring himself to let me know he wasn’t going to be able to get to our pool on the particular day he was supposed to. I put up with Inconsistent Christian for three months, and then I fired him. I changed all the locks on the gates, and that was the end of the Christian Era.

* * * *

And that brings us to Armando. He’s our latest pool guy. He’s been working for us for almost a month. Armando actually owns a pool service company called Pool Stuff. It’s a couple of miles west of the resort on the carretera, the main paved road in the Lakeside Area.

Armando does more than clean pools. He services water filtration systems, too. We have a filtration system, and all of the filters needed to be changed when I hired Armando, so this seemed like a good match for both of us. And he just completed a major overhaul of our pool filter. There were at least two broken pieces deep inside the filter, and he changed all the sand, which may or may not ever have been done before.

We’ve been pleased with Armando’s work so far. Both Lea and I have talked to Armando about our previous pool guys, so he understands the punctuality thing is important to us. And he’s probably shown up on time at least half of the time he’s been working for us. On the days he was late, he usually called to let us know he would be late. And he has a really good reason for not being here.

Armando’s wife has been extremely ill and has been in and out of the hospital for the entire month that he has been working for us.

* * * *

Lea and I have been where Armando and his wife are now. Shortly after we got married, Lea was diagnosed with Crohn’s Disease. Over a three year period from 1992 to 1995, Lea spent a year and a half in the hospital. She had five major abdominal surgeries, and almost died five times.

I actually started writing her obituary before her first surgery. And then edited it four more times. I don’t have it written down anywhere, but I could probably write it in half an hour if I had to. I already know everything I need to say.

We are two people that can relate to the rollercoaster ride from Hell that Armando and Mrs. Armando are going through. And we listen whenever Armando needs to vent his frustrations, which is every time he comes here to clean our pool. When he says he has to go NOW, we understand if he can’t finish the job he’s working on.

I’ve gotten very good at vacuuming the pool. I actually like vacuuming, even under water. I’ve taken my wife on shopping trips just to buy a vacuum cleaner. We’ve had vacuums that my wife never figured out how to use, because she never had to use them. Ever!

* * * *

Well, that’s about it from here, boys and girls. Have a great summer. And if you ever find yourself in the neighborhood, be sure to drop by the resort. Don’t forget to bring your swimsuit! 👙 😉

To Tell the Truth

For about a month or two at the beginning of this year, I spent a lots of time sitting on the steps at the far end of the patio intensely contemplating the domino effect vision(s) I had seen after God, the Universe, and Everything revealed itself to me on Christmas Eve of last year.

My lovely supermodel wife was more than little worried that I had lost my fucking mind, and finally said this, “What the hell are you thinking about when you stare off into space for half of the day?”

She knows now.

Yesterday, she said this, “I read your blog. I’ve read every one of your blog posts. I’m afraid the content of your last post is going to be over the heads of most of the people who read it. I’m not saying this as a criticism, I just think you’re writing about stuff that’s probably too deep for a lot of people to understand.”

Yep, she’s right about that. In response, I told her the water isn’t going to get any shallower, so take a big breath, and hold it as long as you can. We’re diving deep — very deep. I’m going to start to try to explain the Truth about God as I now understand Him.

Most of the things I’m going to say, if not all of them, are going to go directly against the grain of everything you currently believe. If you want to get anything out what I’m going to say, you’re going to have adopt the attitude of that famous German philosopher, Sergeant Hans Schultz from the American TV show Hogan’s Heroes:

You might think that’s a joke. It’s not. Your intellect and personality are going to try to reject everything I’m going to say. And the only thing I can say in advance is you’ve been forewarned.

* * * *

To Tell the Truth is an American television panel show in which four celebrity panelists are presented with three contestants, one of which has an unusual occupation, or a unique experience — and this contestant must tell the truth when questioned. Hence, the name of the show. The other two contestants are imposters, and they can lie their asses off. When the celebrity panel has asked all the questions they’re allowed, they have to decide which one of the contestants is the real deal. Then the host says, “Will the real Billy Bob Thornton please stand up.”

I picked Billy Bob simply because I like saying his name.

If the panel can’t guess which Billy Bob is the real Billy Bob, the contestants get to split more money. So being a convincing liar can be very advantageous for the contestants.

Apparently, this show is still on the airwaves, but I haven’t watched it since I was a kid. The host of the show back then was Bud Collyer. And the celebrity panel was a bunch of has-been actors that I don’t think I’d ever seen in any movie, ever. Tom Poston, Peggy Cass, Orson Bean, and Kitty Carlisle are the panelists I remember the best, though there were probably a boatload of other has-beens that appeared on the show from time to time.

* * * *

Okay, let’s get back on track. Why do you believe all of the things you currently believe to be true about God and your relationship with Him?

I can tell you what happened to me. People started telling me the things I used to believe about God back when I was just a little kid. And that’s what had happened to the adults that were teaching me. They taught me what they had been taught to believe. And that pattern has been repeating itself for centuries.

It’s been a long time since I was a kid. I’ve spent years independently researching everything I had been taught to believe, just to check and see if it made any sense in the harsh light of day.

It didn’t. After years of what I thought was unguided study on my own, I’ve come to the conclusion that goddamn near everything I’ve been taught to believe about God, the Universe, and Everything and my relationship with Him — almost all of it is a lie.

If you’ve been wondering why I’ve decided to go down the road I’m on, that’s why. This bullshit has got to stop.

* * * *

If I were to ask you to describe who and what God is — when you think of God, how do you imagine Him to be — almost everyone that believes in God will likely say something like unto this: Well, I see God as the Supreme Being/Deity, of course. He’s a Spirit, right? So He’s probably invisible, unless He’s far, far away in Heaven with all of His angels, and then He probably looks like Orson Welles. God is mysterious and unknowable, and I never really know if He answers my prayers or not. If I really analyze it, God probably scares the shit out me because I want to be a good person, but I’m afraid He might send me to Hell because I don’t always succeed at that being good thing, and I’ve done some pretty bad things in my life…”

Am I close? Feel free to leave a comment at the end. I might respond to you…

If you’re afraid I’m about to get all theological and start quoting a bunch of scriptures from the Bible, fear not, and be of good faith. If you really want to understand God, the Bible is the last place you should go. In order to understand God, the Universe, and Everything, you need to research an entirely different genre of study. You need to go to the Science Fiction/Fantasy section of Barnes and Noble.

Here’s a little Best Practice tip for you: the better you are at abstract thinking, the easier this may be for you. Even then, you are going to struggle with this. I am one of the best abstract thinkers I know, and even I find this stuff baffling at times.

If you don’t like SciFi/Fantasy because the genre is too “abstract” for you, reading anything I have to write from this point onward — I’m probably going to be wasting your time.

* * * *

Just in cases you were wondering: Abstract thinking, also known as abstract reasoning, involves the ability to understand and think with complex concepts that, while real, are not tied to concrete experiences, objects, people, or situations.

Here, I have an example for you:

* * * *

Her: “Thanks for coming to the Museum of Modern Art with me today, honey!”

Him: “When you said we were going someplace fun, I thought you were taking me to the ballgame…”

Her: “This is a special exhibition with works of art from over 100 different counties, from some of the most amazing artists spanning every important era in the history of art — from all across the world! Like this painting here — Oh, I just love this painting, don’t you? This is just so powerful! Look how incorporates the rigid structure and symmetry of the Renaissance, but it’s punctuated with free-flowing elements from Pointillism and asymmetry from Cubism. I think this creates the perfect juxtaposition of classic Romanticism, counterbalanced with the Post-Modern, Neoclassical, Minimalist Rococo eras! This painting speaks to my soul. What do you see when you look at this painting?”

Him: “Well… It looks like a vagina… Marching in a Gay Pride Parade… With, like, the Eye of Sauron from Lord of the Rings on top of its head.”

Her: “Hahaha! Vaginas don’t have eyes. That’s the clitoris.”

Him: “What’s a clitoris?”

* * * *

Are you ready? Avengers, assemble! We’re heading to Narnia to stop the evil Bavmorda from killing Harry Potter, and find the Holy Grail. We’re going jump aboard the Federation starship USS Enterprise. Don’t panic, and don’t forget your bath towel. Is everyone wearing their secret decoder white gold rings of power? Did you remember to pack your lembas bread? You’re going to need to eat a snack every now and then. Did you bring any ale? Every good fantasy story has a lots of ale in it!

* * * *

Does anyone remember the Eleventh Universal Truth from my last post? God is Every Thing in the Universe. Every Thing in the Universe is God. Do you remember these verses from the Gospel of John: In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and the Word was God. The same was in the beginning with God. All things were made by Him; and without Him was not any thing made that was made.

I don’t think I’ll be citing the Bible very often, but even the Bible concurs that everything that was made — was made by God. I’ll have more to say about the Word at some latter point in time yet to be determined by my Muses.

* * * *

According to the current understanding of modern science, the universe was born out of something called the Big Bang. Anyone disagree with that? However, if you were to ask a scientist person to explain just exactly what the Big Bang was, they’d probably tell you they couldn’t.

This is the way I have come to understand this phenomenon: Imagine, if you can, that the first suicide bomber in history was none other God. And then understand this: God wasn’t trying to kill Himself to death when He blew Himself up. I just need you to understand this was an intentional act.

The Big Bang was exactly that, it was an enormous explosion. And the thing that got blown into a million, billion, trillion, ga-zillion little pieces was God Himself. God did not die in the process. He continued to live on as the All-Powerful, All-Knowing Supreme Being that lives in Heaven with his angels and looks like Orson Welles — but wait, there’s more! God also continued to live on in the form of every other particle of matter, mass, energy, and any other obscure piece of the material world that exists or ever will exist.

* * * *

Even though I consider the Bible to be an inadequate source of information about God, the Bible makes at least one point very clear. God is not human. He is not like us, not in any way. In order for God to blow Himself up and still survive — God has to be an alien lifeform comprised completely of energy. Incredibly complex, sentient, and unimaginable fucking powerful, ENERGY.

When God described Himself as being All-Powerful, this is why. If He can create an entire universe without breaking a sweat, is there anything He can’t do? God, as I have come to view Him, is not merely an alien lifeform, He is The LifeForce. Without God, I wouldn’t be writing this, and you wouldn’t be wondering why you ever started reading it.

We are accustomed to energy in several forms: potential, kinetic, electrical, nuclear — and there are several others. We may know many, maybe most of the forms of energy that exist, but that doesn’t mean we know them all. Nor does it mean we completely understand all of the potential uses or applications of any of the forms of energy that we’re familiar with.

* * * *

“There are more things on heaven and earth, Horatio, than are dreamt of in your philosophy.” ~ Hamlet, Act 1, Scene 5. That’s Shakespeare’s way of telling us we don’t know as much as we think we do.

* * * *

Do any of you remember this law from Physics class: Energy can be changed from one form to another, but it cannot be created or destroyed. That’s the First Law of Thermodynamics: ΔU = Q − W. It was developed in 1850 by a German physicist named Rudolf Julius Emanuel Clausius, William John Macquorn Rankine, a Scottish mechanical engineer, and William Thomson, 1st Baron Kelvin, a British mathematician, physicist, and engineer.

If you take the Big Bang of God and analyze it with this law, it lines up perfectly.

* * * *

Whoa! Time out, dude! I think my brain just fucking exploded!

See? I told you that you’d have a hard time accepting this. Your human brain will tell you that’s not possible. I don’t expect anyone to read this and say, Oh! That’s how it works!, and not question anything I say. That is impossible. But consider this: In 1799, the first time the scientific community in Great Britain saw the preserved specimen of a platypus, they thought it had to be a hoax.

Just because you don’t think something is real doesn’t mean it isn’t. Conversely, if you refuse to acknowledge an alternative reality, you will never be able to gain any benefit from it…

* * * *

Your brain is going to tell you none of these puzzle pieces are going to fit together. Not the way your brain is programed to process this information, so try thinking of it this way: God is just like Deadpool. And the Wonder Twins.

God cannot be killed to death — He’s actually better than Deadpool in that regard. And the Wonder Twins, if you remember them, could transform into anything — gas, solid, liquid, animal, mineral, vegetable — any shape or form they could imagine, but the shape and form they morphed into still retained their own personal consciousness.

Now apply what you just read to God. Not only can God survive blowing Himself into a million, billion, trillion, ga-zillion little pieces in order to create the universe and everything in it — every one of those minute particles of God that are floating around the universe, and the galaxies, and the solar systems — every little itsy-bitsy atom created in the Big Bang contains a fragment of the consciousness of God.

When God described Himself as being All-Knowing, this is why. He is consciously part of everything within our universe, and every thing in the universe contains a part of His consciousness. How could He not know everything?

* * * *

The only example I can think of to illustrate this comes from one of the books in the Dune series, by Frank Herbert. In the third book, Children of Dune, Leto Atreides II merged his human flesh with an unknown number of sandtrout, the harmless larval form of the monstrous and deadly sandworms that inhabited the planet Arrakis. Over the next few millennia — because of the sandtrout in his body, Leto became a human/sandworm-hybrid; the only part of him recognizably human was his face. In every other way, Leto had become a sandworm.

In the fourth book of the series, God Emperor of Dune, Leto was assassinated when his enemies blew up a bridge spanning a river that Leto’s procession had to cross. When Leto’s sandworm body hit the waters far below, the dormant sandtrout that had been trapped inside his body were released — each of these hybrid sandtrout contained a pearl of Leto’s consciousness.

If you haven’t read Dune, I highly recommend you read it. At least the first six books. There’s, like, twenty books or more in the series. And then you’ll have a better understanding of the above “nonsense” that may or may not be making any goddamn sense to you right now.

* * * *

Maybe you remember this bit of cinematic magic:

“The Force is what gives a Jedi his power. It’s an energy field created by all living things. It surrounds us and penetrates us. It binds the galaxy together.”

* * * *

Um, excuse me…

Yes. The guy in the back of the room. I thought you were sleeping, but do you have a question?

Yeah, I do. So, God is an alien lifeform that blew Himself apart, but somehow didn’t blow Himself apart — and in the process of doing that — God became The Force?!? From Star Wars??

Hmm… You’re close, but I was hoping you’d be able to make the jump to this conclusion:

“The Kingdom of Heaven is within you.”

Oh… But does that mean I can still become a Jedi knight?

Um, yeah. I mean it’s possible, if that’s what you want to do…

Can I have a lightsaber, too?

Sure, why not. But you should know this: a true Jedi knight wouldn’t need a lightsaber. It’d be about as necessary as a catcher’s mitt is to a ballerina when she’s dancing on stage.

* * * *

God. He reigns in Highest Heaven, and is about as attainable to us as humans living on Saturn is possible for humanity at this time. That’s what I imagine most people think when they contemplate their relationship with God. But now you know that God isn’t an icy deity a couple of thousand parsecs away. God is diffused throughout the entire universe. He is part of everything in the universe. and there is nothing in the universe that doesn’t contain a particle of the consciousness of God.

And when I say everything, I mean everything. Even you.

Yes! We, and by we, I mean every single human being living on this planet right now. We are part of the Everything that was created when God blew Himself to pieces to create the universe, are we not? And if you’re really good at abstract thinking, you will realize that the implications of this version of the Big Bang are truly mind-boggling.

We are composed of flesh and blood, but within every cell of our bodies, we contain a microscopic piece of God’s consciousness. We have the very DNA of God and His angels written into our genetic code! It’s dormant, just like the sandtrout trapped in Leto’s body, but if you are able to attune your mind, your heart, and your body to the correct frequency — you can awaken the presence of God inside your body.

* * * *

If, in reading this, a part of you feels compelled to continue on this journey, you’re going to have to start reprogramming your brain. And how am I supposed to do that? you ask. The solution sounds simple. All you have to do is change the way you think. To phrase it another way, your task is to elevate your level of consciousness.

I used to teach a class on this when I was a psych nurse. It’s called Cognitive Behavioral Therapy. There are a couple of tons of information available on CBT on the InterWeb, and you don’t have to sign yourself into a psych ward to get any of it. All you have to do is use the Google. Or sign up for Noom…

Be the change you want to see. Reframe the way you see yourself in the world, and how you see God. You are not separated from God. You have never been separated from God. You have always been united. He lives and breathes within you. You are one with God. All you have to do is wake the fuck up and realize it.

The Kingdom of Heaven is within me.

Say that to yourself, like, a thousand times a day.

Place your faith and trust in God. Fear not, and be of good faith. And don’t worry that you’re not making any progress. You are un-Doing almost everything you’ve ever learned. This is not like going to LensCrafters and getting a new pair of glasses in about an hour.

If you open your heart to Him, your mind will follow. If you open your mind to Him, your heart will follow. It doesn’t matter how you do it, it only matters that you do it! Meditate on the new way you see yourself and God for an hour a day. If you don’t have any free time, do it whenever you can, but the greater effort you put into this, the greater your return will be.

* * * *

I don’t know. This sounds like a lot of work to me.

And that’s the first insightful thing you’ve said. It is a lots of work. Actually, it can be extremely exhausting. But remember when I said we all have to try to make the world a better place? And God, the Universe, and Everything had some very, very very cool ideas on how to make that happen?

Remember how Bastian saved Fantasia from complete destruction by using his imagination to create a brand new Fantasia?

If you can battle through the arguments of your intellect and personality, if you can cast aside your doubts and anxieties and put your faith in God — if you can find the Key to unlock the potential of your dormant Divine DNA — if you can do that, all you’ll have to do is imagine something/anything — and it will become a reality in less than a blink of eye.

Give Me That Old Time Religion

It’s about 2:00 PM here in Mexico as I start writing this post. I’m not used to doing this much writing anymore. When I first started writing my blog, I was incredibly productive in terms of writing, but as time went on I became less and less enchanted with writing until I got to the point that I didn’t post anything on a regular basis.

I’m not sure, but based on the amount of writing I’ve been doing and the sheer volume of all the thoughts bouncing around inside of my head lately — I think I’m going to miss those days.

* * * *

Give Me That Old Time Religion is a traditional Gospel/American folk song that has been covered by countless musical artists dating back to 1873. Perhaps the best known recording of the song was done by Tennessee Ernie Ford. Or maybe Elvis Presley. Or Johnny Cash. Or Billy Bob Thornton. Take your pick.

From what I can tell in my research, it must have an incredibly easy song to write. The title of the song is repeated ad nauseam, and comprises the majority of the lyrics.

I think it’s a stupid song, but it’s perfect as the title for this post because I’d like to take a semi-detailed look at the five major religions in the world and explore some of the truths they hold. And it’s okay if you don’t agree with anything I have to say about the topic at hand. I’m not gonna get all butt-hurt if you think I’m full of shit. When it comes to this subject, I’m pretty sure you’re full of shit, too.

* * * *

Just in cases you were wondering, the Five Major World Religions are: Hinduism, Buddhism, Judaism, Christianity, and Islam. In terms of the numbers of believers claiming to be a member of the Big Five, the results look like this: #1. Christianity. #2. Islam. #3. Hinduism. #4. Buddhism. #5. Judaism.

Buddhism and Hinduism have a lots of commonalities in their belief systems. They both originated in India. The main difference is Buddhism was founded by a guy named Guatama Buddha, and is perhaps the only religion that doesn’t have a god.

Hinduism is believed to be the world’s oldest religion. No one knows who is responsible for creating this religion, and unlike any of all of other major religions Hinduism doesn’t have one god or even the lack thereof: Hinduism has a multitude of gods. And, it has a caste system. If you don’t what that is you can Google it. In essence, it’s a religiously based system of bigotry and segregation that ensures the rich get to stay rich and the poor get to stay poor.

Judaism, Christianity and Islam also have a lots of commonalities. They are all monotheistic: there is only one God. There are notable similarities between the three religions in the concepts of sacrifice, good works, hospitality, peace, justice, an afterlife, a God that loves us, and loving God with all one’s heart and soul in return.

The main differences between them appears to be the name of the God they worship, name of the major prophet responsible for announcing His presence to the world, and who the Messiah will be.

In Judaism, God’s name is Yahweh, and the founder of Judaism is a guy named Abraham. He doesn’t appear to be the guy that actually created a religion, but he did make a deal with God, and the Jews consider him to be the Father of their Faith.

If you thought Moses was the founder, you were close. Moses is easily the most important prophet of the Jewish religion and is thought to be the author of the Torah — the first five books of the Bible. Moses was the guy that brought the Ten Commandments to his people. And all of the 613 laws of Judaism are named after him, too.

In Christianity, God’s name is also Yahweh. Or Jehovah. The major prophet of Christianity is a Jewish guy named Jesus, who claimed to be the Son of Yahweh/Jehovah/God. I don’t believe Jesus wanted to create a new religion — he was more interested in reforming his old religion.

Jesus said God the Father wanted a make new covenant with His people. The New Covenant, according to Christians, is the promise that God will forgive sin and restore communion/fellowship with those whose hearts believe in His Son, Jesus Christ. 

And Jesus replaced the Ten Commandments and all of the 613 Mosaic laws with Two Commandments: Love the Lord your God with all your heart and with all your soul and with all your mind. This is the first and greatest commandment. And the second is like it: Love your neighbor as yourself.

After his crucifixion and resurrection, his followers created a new religion that has become the most popular religion on the planet. And that probably wouldn’t have happened if not for a Jew that converted to the Cult of Jesus named Paul of Tarsus.

In Islam, God’s name is Allah. He also has ninety-eight other names, and if you’re interested in more information, you’re going to have to Google them. The major prophet of Islam is a guy named Muhammad, peace be upon him.

* * * *

This is not going to be an in-depth examination of any of these religions. If you have suddenly become interested in this subject, there are a few million books that have been written about all of them. Or you could watch a YouTube video. There appear to be more than a few of those, too.

I don’t believe there is One, True Religion, even though Judaism, Christianity, and Islam have laid claims to being exactly that. I do believe each of these religions contain one or more kernels of Truth. And that’s a good thing. It’d be a shame if all of these building blocks of our collective ethos were nothing more than a pile of manure.

* * * *

Buddhism and Hinduism both believe in Cause and Effect, Enlightenment, Moral Order, and Rebirth/Reincarnation. They might have different terms for these beliefs, but the most common titles for them appear to be: Karma, Nirvana, Dharma, and Samsara.

To the best of my knowledge, I don’t know anyone that claims to be a Buddhist, and I know of only one person that claims to be a Hindu, yet almost everyone I know that claims to be a Christian, Jew, or Muslim also believes in all four of these principles to a greater or lesser degree.

* * * *

Cause and Effect, Enlightenment, Moral Order, and Rebirth/Reincarnation. These are the first four Universal Truths — they exist whether you believe in them or not.

* * * *

Judaism was the first of the major religions to believe in one God — a God who not only created the universe and everything in it, but also a God that each and every Jew can have an individual and personal relationship with. Jews believe that God appointed them to be His chosen people. The word the Jews use to describe this special relationship with their God is covenant.

Judaism may or may not have invented the concept of salvation, but they had to be the first religion to believe that their unique, One and Only God was the sole source of spiritual salvation. Originally, this was more of collective belief — as God’s chosen people they were the only people on Earth that God was interested in saving.

As this belief evolved into a more singular belief, salvation was based on a person’s ability to keep God’s laws, and to bring holiness into every aspect of their lives. Almost anything a Jew does can be considered an act of worship.

Judaism also invented the concept of a messiah, or savior. In Jewish eschatology, the Messiah is a future king from the Davidic line, who is anointed with holy oil, and will rule God’s chosen people during the Messianic Age and world to come. The Jewish Messiah will be a great political leader who will usher in the end of this world, and rebuild the Great Temple.

* * * *

The original Great Temple of God in Jerusalem was built by King Solomon in 957 BCE, and it was the religious center of worship for all of the Jews living in the area generally known as Judea back then. The First Temple was subsequently totally destroyed by Nebuchadrezzar II of Babylonia around 586 BCE.

Cyrus the Great, the King of Persia, conquered Babylonia and allowed the Jews to return to Jerusalem to rebuild their Great Temple. Known as the Second Temple, it was rebuilt around 515 BCE. This temple was renovated and modified for hundreds of years until Herod the Great completed the final reconstruction around 26 AD, and then it was totally destroyed by the Romans in 70 AD, ending the First Great Jewish Revolt. It wouldn’t be the last great Jewish revolt…

The Great Temple of the Jews was never rebuilt after it was destroyed by the Romans. And where the Great Temple used to sit is now the site of the Al Aqsa mosque. The only portion of the Great Temple that remains is the Western Wall. It’s a very small part of a very huge retaining wall that was built by Herod the Great when he was rebuilding the Great Temple. Sometimes referred to as the Wailing Wall, it is the holiest place in the world to the Jews.

* * * *

In addition, the Messiah will judge the living and the dead — something called the resurrection. I’m guessing this is where being a good and righteous person will be a serious advantage because the righteous will be resurrected to eternal life. And the not-so-righteous possibly/probably will suffer a fate of more or less eternal death.

* * * *

Um, excuse me, but aren’t rebirth/reincarnation/resurrection pretty much all the same thing?

That’s a good question. I don’t think so. Rebirth/reincarnation seems to imply that in each life you live you are a different person. None of us is ever reborn as the same person, time after time after time, are we? Resurrection seems to be something more like unto the reanimation of every person you may or may not have ever been.

And I think it’s hilarious that every person that has ever claimed to be another person in a previous lifetime was always someone famous, like, Cleopatra. Or William Shakespeare. Or George Washington. No one ever says, “I used to be Bill Berditzman. You’ve probably never heard of him, but he had the largest herd of pigs in North Dakota back 1857. He was the Pig King of Minot!”

* * * *

In the Old Testament of the Bible, a guy named Malachi prophesied that another Jewish prophet named Elijah would return before the coming of the great and terrible day of the LORD. Elijah will be the precursor of the coming of the Messiah, and then everyone will know that they better get right with God in a hurry.

All Jews celebrate something they call Passover. It roughly coincides with the Christian holiday of Easter. This Jewish holiday commemorates the Biblical story of Exodus when God freed the Israelites from slavery in Egypt.

Every Passover is celebrated with a ritual feast called a seder. At this meal, every Jewish family sets an extra cup of wine on the dinner table, and opens the front door for Elijah, hoping he will walk in. I’m guessing that will turn into one helluva party when it happens, eh.

As for the actual identity of the Messiah, the Jews don’t appear to have any idea who this guy is going to be. The one thing they do appear to be sure of is his name isn’t Jesus.

* * * *

God is an Interpersonal God. Salvation is an Act of God. The Coming of the Messiah. The Resurrection of the Dead. These are also Universal Truths. We now have eight of them.

* * * *

Little Known Fact About Eschatology: it is a branch of theology concerned with the final events in the history of the world and/or of humankind. It always stuck me as an incongruous word. To me, it sounds something more like unto the science of collecting stool samples and looking at shit under a microscope.

* * * *

Christianity. If you were to dissect this religious system down to its roots, Christianity is nothing more than a offshoot sect of Judaism that believes Jesus is the Messiah. The Christian God is the same God of the Jewish faith.

Well, there is this one, small, insignificant difference: The One, True God of Christianity is a three-in-one Trinity consisting of God the Father — He is still the same God as the Jewish God that created the universe and everything in it — Jesus Christ, the Son of God, and future King of Heaven and Earth — and an enigmatic third person called the Holy Spirit. And they are somehow all the same person even though they are all distinctly different from one another.

As near as I can tell by talking to other Christians, I’m not sure anyone truly understands exactly who or what the Holy Spirit really is. Unfortunately, that is not a joke. I’ve written about who and what I believe the Holy Spirit to be. I shared my ideas with several pastors I knew when we were living in the Greater Phoenix Metro Area.

I think most of them are still laughing, and that was almost ten years ago…

If you want to know what Jesus had to say about the Holy Spirit, read the story of the Last Supper in the Gospel of John, Chapters 13-16. That’s where I got all of my ideas from…

* * * *

The concept of the Holy Trinity was invented by a guy named Tertullian. I have no idea where he got the idea of the Trinity from, because God is never described as a trinity anywhere in the Bible. If you don’t believe me, go ahead and read the Bible for yourself. I’ll wait.

Yes, Tertullian was a Christian, and he appears to have been a prolific writer. He also must have been incredibly persuasive because most his ideas have been accepted as Christian dogma for centuries.

* * * *

If you were to ask me, I’d have to classify myself as a Christian. I believe in Jesus Christ; that makes me a Christian, does it not? I was raised as a Catholic, but I disagree with almost everything the teachers of my faith taught me. We need a priest to mediate on our behalf because the Catholic God doesn’t want to have anything to do with His adherents. Seriously?? Mary, the mother of Jesus, was a virgin! Jesus is my savior because his death on the cross freed me from sin? I have no idea what that means.

Catholicism isn’t the only fucked up Christian sect. There’s also the Baptists. These are Christians that claim to love Jesus, but hate almost everyone else — especially homosexuals, people of color, and people of other faiths and religions. Because that’s what Jesus told all of his followers to do, isn’t it?

As far as I’m concerned, the Christian religion is the greatest promulgator of bullshit on this planet. Given the state of world affairs as they exist today, that is truly saying a lot.

* * * *

Jesus is the King of Heaven and Earth. As near as I can tell, that’s the only thing Christians believe that is a Universal Truth. And now we have nine.

* * * *

The Muslim Faith. If you were to dissect this religious system down to its roots, this religion is nothing more than an offshoot sect of Judaism and Christianity that believes Muhammad, peace be upon him, was the last prophet that will ever be inspired by God.

Allah, the name of God in the Islamic faith, is the Creator of the universe and everything in it. He certainly appears to be the same Creator God worshipped by both the Jews and the Christians. Jesus is mentioned more often in the Qur’an than Muhammad, peace be upon him. Jesus is revered in the Muslim religion, and so his mother. Oddly enough, Muslims also believe that Mary was virgin…

In Islam, Jesus isn’t considered to be the literal Son of God in the way that Christians do, nor do Muslims believe that Jesus was crucified — he was bodily taken up to Heaven by God before he died on the cross. Muslims believe Jesus is a great prophet, and he is acknowledged to be the Messiah, but Muhammad is a greater prophet because he is the last prophet, and therefore received the latest updates from God about He wants from His mortal children.

Don’t believe me? You can look it up.

Islam is an Arabic word that means submission to the Will of God. Submission to God is not simply obedience or servitude to God; submission to God also means aspiring to and seeking the goodness of God — liberating one’s soul and being from a state of godlessness in order to attain a state of Godliness.

That statement is so deeply profound you should really spend a few minutes contemplating it. Or years. You should examine that statement from every angle and lighting spectrum. If you can’t understand this statement, you have no chance in Hell of understanding anything else I’ll have to say.

* * * *

We must all, every one of us, submit to the Will of God. That is the tenth Universal Truth about God, the Universe, and Everything. You might wonder why I keep repeating that phrase. There is a reason for that, of course.

* * * *

God is Every Thing in the Universe. Every Thing in the Universe is God.

That’s the eleventh Universal Truth. There might be a few more of them, but these are the only Truths that I consider to be universal at this precise moment in time.

Oh, and there’s this: we should all take a moment to deeply consider the fact that everything we think we know about God, the Universe, and Everything, and our relationship to all of the above — there’s a very good possibility that everything we think we know about that — is wrong.

* * * *

Depending on the scientist or researcher you ask, the world we live in has gone through any number of ages and/or eras to get us to this point in history. The Precambrian Era. The Jurassic Era. The Stone Age. The Bronze Age. The Rock and Roll Era. The Age of Aquarius…

In terms of Religious Ages, I have come to believe there are three very distinct and different ages that we as the human race have gone through. I don’t know if anyone else has ever conceived this idea either, so you may not find any evidence that corroborates anything I’m about say.

* * * *

I call the First Age the Age of Legends. This is the time period from when mankind first developed civilizations, up to the time of the Great Flood. Almost nothing is known about this age — the only remnants of knowledge we have about it are found in the legends of our more recent, ancient ancestors. And the pyramids.

These are the stories about the mythic heroes of yore: Hercules, Odysseus, Gilgamesh, Beowulf — and don’t forget all of the epic monsters from hell they battled.

Damayanti, Shakuntala, Pururava, and Urvashi from the Mahabharata. If you’re not familiar with them, you have a lots of reading to do. The Mahabharata is the longest epic poem ever written, and it’s almost as complicated as the rules of Cricket.

This age could also be called the Golden Age of the Gods because they were legion at that time. There were hundreds, maybe thousands of major deities, and hundreds of thousands of minor deities. There were so many gods you couldn’t swing a dead cat without hitting a dozen gods in the back of the head, and then you were likely to be in a whole heap of trouble, son.

* * * *

After the Great Flood, there weren’t quite so many gods anymore. And that’s when the Second Age began. Many people don’t believe the stories about the First Age are true. All myths and legends are based on the truth. So yeah, all of those mighty men and gods really walked the earth. And they probably did all of those incredible deeds — that’s why the stories are so entertaining.

The Second Age covers the time period after the Great Flood to the appearance of Jesus. I don’t have a really cool name for this age. It is the Age of The One God for lack of any other title.

If nothing else, we have a pretty good idea what happened during this time period because people started writing stuff down so they wouldn’t forget about it, possibly just in cases there was going to be another Great Flood…

* * * *

The Third Age covers the time period from the death and resurrection of Jesus Christ to the present day. I call this time period the Age of the Two Prophets.

Jesus and Muhammad both claimed to have been sent by God to preach the messages they had received from God — The Kingdom of Heaven is upon/within you, and submission to the Will of God is the only path to salvation — and their messages ended up changing the world. I’ll leave it up to you to decide if the world is a better place or not because of them.

* * * *

If you can’t understand anything that I’ve laid out in this post, try to wrap your mind around this: At the end of each of the Three Ages of Man, a significant paradigm shift occurred that changed the way we viewed God and our relationship to Him.

We, and by that I mean all of humanity, went from believing in a plethora of gods and goddesses to believing mostly in one God, or no God at all, and from there we received special messages from his two most spectacular prophets/messengers.

Um, excuse me, but are you trying to say that we’re at the end of this Third Age?

That’s another good question. I wish I had a definitive answer for you. The best I can say is I’m not sure. I can’t honestly say this was something I saw when the domino effect kicked in last Christmas Eve, cascading from from one mind-blowing impression to the next in rapid-fire sequence. I received a whole lots of impressions that I’m still trying to sort out, but the end of the world wasn’t one of them. At least, I don’t think it was…

* * * *

In my heart of hearts, I sincerely believe that if there was ever a world that needs to be shaken up until it gets its goddamn mind right, we are living on that world. I honestly don’t know how God has been able to put up with all of our collective stupidity for as long as He has.

If I were God, I wouldn’t have stopped with one flood.

When I was a working as a psychiatric nurse, I met people that were so reprehensibly repugnant that if I were God, I would have killed them to death ten times ten thousand times. As they say in Texas, “Them sumbitches needed killing.”

Um. excuse me, again, but do you think you’re some kind of special messenger or prophet sent from God?

Hahaha! Well, if you’ve read my blog, you’d know that my most sincere desire has always been to be a prophet. And my greatest disappointment has been the fact that I didn’t think God had any interest in granting that desire.

I can’t say with any degree of certainty that He has changed His mind about that, even if I may or may not have received His latest updates on His plans for humanity as a whole. And there’s this: given my views on Organized Religion, I have no desire to have my name associated with anything even remotely related to any part of any religion.

If that is God’s plan, I think He could have chosen a much more qualified person than myself, like, you know, Jack Van Impe.

Just in cases you’ve never heard of him, Jack was an American televangelist that knew more about the end of the world than everyone else on the planet, combined. I used to watch his show whenever I needed a laugh because he was a joke of truly epic proportions. He used to rattle off scripture and verse like a has-been actor dropping the names of the A List celebrities they used to hang out with.

I’d be willing to bet there are more than a few of his videos on the YouTube… They’re worth a couple of minutes of your time.

Unfortunately, Jack had the incredible stupidity of dying to death two years ago, so that might be one reason why God, the Universe, and Everything didn’t reveal any of my visions to him…

I am a retired old guy, living in a little village in the Chinese Mountains of South Central Mexico. I write a blog that maybe a dozen people read on a regular basis, and it might be fewer than that now, considering the content of what I’ve been writing lately.

I have no desire to change the world. I wouldn’t know where to begin or how to accomplish Step One, even if God were to give me verbal instructions, which doesn’t appear to be a method He employs.

But what if that is His plan? Then what?

I hope His instructions don’t look like the assembly instructions from Ikea…

The NeverEnding Story

You may not be surprised to see that I’ve written a second story for my blog in one week, but I am. It usually takes me a couple of months to even start thinking about what I might want to write about next. Apparently, my Muses have returned from vacation and they have a lots of stories to tell me. It’d been so long since I’d heard from any of them I thought the bitches had left me for another writer or artist. Like, Ariana Grande, maybe.

* * * *

The NeverEnding Story is a 1984 English-language West German-American fantasy film co-written and directed by Wolfgang Petersen based on the 1979 novel The Neverending Story by Michael Ende. Is there anyone that hasn’t seen this movie? If you haven’t seen it, get off your ass and watch it. Right now! It is simply one of the best fantasy movies ever made, and the theme song was so amazing it was a Top Ten hit in both the US and the UK.

The story is set both on our Earth and in a fantasy world called Fantasia. This magical land is created by the hopes and dreams of humanity. When even one person on Earth stops dreaming or hoping, part of Fantasia is destroyed. It is rebuilt as soon as another person starts dreaming or hoping.

In both the book and the movie, the magical land of Fantasia is being devoured by a malevolent force called The Nothing. In the story, much of humanity has given up hope and stopped dreaming, therefore, Fantasia is rapidly being smashed to pieces. A young warrior named Atreyu is given the task to save Fantasia by the Childlike Empress.

That’s what she’s called for most of the movie. You could look it up.

A young boy named Bastian from our world is reading the book that tells this story in the movie. As the story progresses, Baston finds that he has become a character in the tale. As the story ends, Bastion is able to save Fantasia and all of its inhabitants because there is no limit to the human imagination, and therefore, there are no limits to the boundaries of this fantastical land.

Yep, he uses his imagination to rebuild the world.

* * * *

Little Known Fact About Fantasia and the Kingdom of Heaven: both of these places are simultaneously real and imaginary. And neither of them have any boundaries. They actually have a lots of similarities, now that I think about it. I’ll probably have a lots more stuff to say about that one of these days.

* * * *

So, you are going to tell us more about the night God, the Universe, and Everything talked to you, right?

Um, no. And yes. This is not an easy thing to describe in words. It would be much better if I could use one of those Vulcan mind-meld things, but I don’t know how to do that. And you would have to actually be here for me to do that. Seeing how no one is ever going to visit us at the Chula Vista Resort and Spa, it doesn’t appear that it’d do me much good even if I did know how do it.

* * * *

The first thing you need to know is God, the Universe, and Everything didn’t actually talk to me. It’s not like we had a conversation. And that brings up a valid point everyone should understand. If someone tells you they hear the Voice of God — RUN!

The answer I received from God, the Universe, and Everything was more like unto an image, but it was even more like unto a peek at a glimpse of a flash of an image. And then it was like unto one of those dominoes videos. You know, one domino falls and then a whole lots of them collapse into a multitude of designs and patterns.

It was the most coolest thing ever. It was breathtakingly thrillingly exhilarating. It was like unto getting everything you wanted at Christmas wrapped up in one little package while you ate your most favoritest dessert, like, you know, ice cream with sprinkles — at the same time.

And then it was pretty much the most terrifying thing you will ever experience– darkest night filled with every fear you have ever known. For me, the terror came when God, the Universe, and Everything stood me in front of a mirror that revealed my human self to me. I don’t know if that happens to everyone, but I suspect it does. In my case, I found out that I was The Nothing.

* * * *

The main reason that I’m reluctant to elaborate on this subject is I’m still trying to process most of what I saw myself. Have you ever heard someone try to explain a process they don’t understand themselves? It isn’t pretty. In fact, it’s painful. Except for the parts that are hilarious.

I’ve been using my lovely supermodel wife as a sounding board as I try to make some sense of what I saw. Lea has been remarkably receptive to letting me do this, which might be the most surprising outcome of all. I was afraid she’d initiate commitment proceedings to have me locked up on the nearest psych ward.

That’d be a fair bit of irony for me to experience, eh.

I’m not at all concerned with what anyone else reading this will think. You know, like, I’m crazy or something. That has nothing to do with my hesitation to write about my experience. I’m confident that most people who know me already think I’m off my rocker.

Yeah, I’m pretty much used to that shit by now.

* * * *

There’s another reason why I’m not going to try to explain what happened to me the night that God, the Universe and Everything answered me. Philosophical truths are a matter of opinion. I could painstakingly type a double truckload of words to try to convey what I saw, but will that convince you that my new truth is more better gooder than your old truth?

Probably not. The pen may be mightier than the sword, but nothing appears to stronger than stupidity. The last few years have cast that fact into a glaring silhouette that have left a great many of us scratching our heads wondering what the hell went wrong.

So why waste my time and yours? The truths I saw are truths that have to demonstrated, just like a science experiment or a mathematical equation. They are that fucking absolute. I have no idea if that’s something God, the Universe and Everything wants me to undertake or not. And if that is the case, I have no idea how I’m supposed to do that. Yet.

* * * *

And there’s one more thing: Do not give dogs what is holy; do not throw your pearls before swine. If you do, they may trample them under their feet, and then turn and tear you to pieces. Matthew 7:6

* * * *

Oh. This isn’t what I expected at all! I thought this was going to be one of those great revelations or something like unto that.

To tell you the truth, this isn’t what I expected it would be either. The visions I saw weren’t my visions — this is not my plan. This is the Plan, the Purpose, and Desires of God, the Universe, and Everything. If they were my ideas, it’d probably be a whole lots easier for me to describe them.

If there’s one thing I’ve learned from all my studying and questioning of God, that one thing is this: Sooner or later, God always gets what He wants. When it comes to winning, God has a better record than Tom Brady. Even if it takes Him fourteen and half billion years or more — He is going to get what He wants.

* * * *

Like pretty much everything else in life, this is going to be a process. My greatest fear is that it’s going to a long, gradual process. And just when I have everything all figured out, the Big One is gonna hit me and I’m going to die to death.

Another part of me thinks this is going to happen sooner than we will be able to prepare for — some things have become clearer to me already as the first months of this year have ticked by. More clarity will follow, I am certain of that. And when I have the words to describe what I need to share with you, I’ll post them in my blog.

I think this is going to be the most exciting and interesting time of our lives. Whatever it is that God, the Universe, and Everything has been planning, the time has come to start working on it to make it a reality. We have all got to try to make this world a better place, and from what I’ve seen, God, the Universe, and Everything have some very, very cool ideas on how to make that happen. Very, very, very cool ideas.

I am all in. I am doubling down. Anything I can do to assist The Powers That Be in achieving this goal — I will make the attempt, or die trying.

And that was the last thing I saw. I have no doubt that if I am to play a large part in achieving this goal, it is going to cost me my life. The pastor of the little church at the bottom of the hill where we live was right.

Redemption always requires blood.

When You Wish Upon a Star

Hey. How’s it going out there for y’all?

I hope all y’all are doing well, and that this year has been going better for you than the last couple of years have. I don’t know about you, but things appear to be returning to some sense of normalcy for me. And the pandemic has disrupted my life less than pretty much anyone else I know.

I am blissfully unaware of almost everything going on the world, but even in the severely limited news items I follow, the Coronavirus doesn’t appear to be front page news anymore. I don’t know if any of the people I know that still work in Healthcare would agree with that assessment, but I rarely talk to any of them. Now that I think about it, there are maybe seven or eight people that I converse with on a regular basis, and four of them live here at the Chula Vista Resort and Spa most of the time.

I have become a person that mostly exists in other people’s memories.

* * * *

When You Wish Upon a Star is a song written by Leigh Harline and Ned Washington for Walt Disney’s 1940 animated adaptation of Pinocchio. The original version was sung by Cliff Edwards in the character of Jiminy Cricket.

The Library Of Congress deemed Edwards’s recording of the song “culturally, historically, or aesthetically significant” and inducted it into the National Recording Registry in 2009. The American Film Institute ranked the song seventh in their 100 Greatest Songs in Film History.

When You Wish Upon a Star has become an icon of The Walt Disney Company. In the 1950’s and 1960’s, Disney used the song in the opening sequences of all the editions of its television series. All of the ships of the Disney Cruise Line use the first seven notes of the song’s melody as their horn signals.

Personally, I think it’s one of the most beautiful songs ever written, and listening to it will bring tears to my eyes. The song is pure magic.

* * * *

I can’t remember when I started writing this installment of my blog, or how many times I’ve deleted everything and started anew. It’s been a couple of months, at least. For a guy that doesn’t have much of an idea of what he’s going to write about, I appear to be pretty goddamn picky about what I actually post. I figure if I’m bored by my writing, no one else is going to get excited about it either…

I would like to give some props to Jane Castleman. She’s one of the many people I know that I rarely talk to, and she lives only a couple of miles from us. My lovely supermodel wife and I had dinner with Jane and her husband Al back in January.

That’s one of the reasons I think life might be getting back to normal. This year has seemingly flown by compared to the last two years, and they seemed to go on for, like, ten years or something.

Anyway, at the end of dinner I gave Jane a hug and she whispered this in my ear, “Keep writing.”

Jane is one of the few persons that I’m not related to in any fashion that regularly reads my blog. My wife reads everything I write, but only because I’m married to her. Jane almost always leaves a comment for me, and I have loved every one of them. For that reason, and a good many others, I love Jane.

I didn’t know then that it would take me this long for my scattered thoughts to congeal enough into something I felt writing about. But Jane is the main reason I’m even attempting to write now.

Thank you, Jane! You are a sweetheart.

* * * *

If you’ve ever read my blog before, you know that I lead an incredibly boring and bucolic life. If this is your first visit here, prepare to be underwhelmed.

If you’re thinking I’m bored because I don’t have anything to do, you would be wrong. We have something like unto a dozen gardens here at the resort, and I am the primary caregiver for most of them. During the Dry Season, which we are in the very peak of dryness right now, the gardens need to be watered on an almost daily basis.

It takes hours to water them all.

Granted, watering a garden isn’t something that most people would describe as their favorite thing to do. I’m not sure even I could say that, and I mostly enjoy watering my plants. It gives me a lots of time to ponder stuff deeply, and I’d probably have to say that is my favorite thing to do.

Deep thinking isn’t something most guys appear to be capable of doing, mostly because guys are the least complex organisms on Earth. And most guys that think they’re complex are not. They’re just confused — probably because almost everything going on around them is complex and they have no idea how process most of it.

A truly complex guy is almost as rare as a unicorn.

We don’t really look like this, eh

* * * *

Yo, dude. Have you ever considered the possibility that you’re not complex. Maybe you’re just confused, too.

I will freely admit that I am confused about a great many things. But I am not the only person I know that thinks I’m complex. My wife says I’m considerably more complex than she is, and she’s the most complex person I know. I’m confident both of her daughters would corroborate that statement. They’ve both lived with us, and I doubt either one of them knew what the fuck to think about me at that time.

If you need additional information about my alleged complexity, I can provide you with a list of references upon request.

* * * *

When I’m not hanging out in the gardens, I still play golf badly several times a week. I usually play with our roommate, Todd. I used to golf with Todd and Phyllis, but Phyllis has more or less given up golf. The way I’ve been playing lately has reached a new low, and I didn’t think I could get any worse. I’ve thought about giving up on golf, too. But I don’t want to spend that much time in the gardens.

I’ve often heard people say that golf is mental game. That would certainly go a long way to explaining why I suck at golf. My mind rarely focuses specifically on golf.

I enjoy playing golf, even if I can’t do it well most of the time. It’s incredibly satisfying to smack the living shit out of a golf ball and watch it soar through the air like a missile, then land in the middle of the fairway. Or slip your golf ball cleverly through a group of trees. Or sink a really long putt. There’s nothing else like it. Those are the shots that keep you coming back when you suck at golf as much as I do.

Golf is also an easy way for me to meet to people that I can add to the long list of people I know that I will rarely speak to. I enjoy getting to know people on a superficial basis. It’s a helluvalot easier to like someone when you don’t know much of anything about them. Well, it is for me.

* * * *

So. What are these incredibly deep and complex thoughts that so completely occupy your mind?

Mostly, I think about God. And the Truth — whatever that is. You know, stuff like that.

* * * *

I’ve written a lots of stuff about God in my blog. You could look them up in the archives if you don’t have anything else to do. I’ve probably written a lots of stuff about Truth, too. I don’t think I’ve ever been very specific about it because Truth is something that doesn’t appear to have any consistency to it if you’re not talking about science or mathematics.

Those truths are seemingly absolute. All the time. Well, except in the quantum universe, where pretty much anything appears to be possible. Every other truth appears to be nothing more than a matter of opinion. Don’t agree with me? If you believe something to be true, isn’t that the truth to you?

Okay. I see where you’re going with this, but what if I change my mind about what I believe?

Then whatever you have decided to now be true still remains the truth to you, does it not?

* * * *

Probably the one thing that mystified me most about God was the fact that if there was one person, or entity, or whatever you want to describe God as being — He has to know what the real truth is. There had to be a Ground Zero for the Truth at some point in time, even if no one knows what the hell it is anymore. What happened to the Truth, and how could our All-Knowing, All-powerful God allow something as vital as the Truth fall off the fucking radar?

How could there be so many differing opinions on just who and what God is, and what He really wants from us. Where did all of these religions come from, and why, oh why would He allow something that might lead millions of His children to wander down these dusty roads to perdition? Are we not the masterpiece of all His creation?

How do we know if we’re being saved, or if we’ve been pranked?? Is one religion really more better gooder than any other religion? Is there One, True religion? If so, which one is it? How does one determine a religious truth when such truths can essentially be anything you want them to be? What the fuck!

Why???

* * * *

In nursing school we had to take a class entitled Anatomy & Physiology. We learned everything that was known at that time about the human body, and how every part of it functioned because as nurses we would be caring for people whose bodies, or parts of their bodies, no longer properly did its job, or jobs.

I’m pretty sure I learned a lots of really important stuff that I’ve probably forgotten about now that I’m no longer a working nurse. But there are two things that jumped out at me when I was a student, and I will never forget them. The first was: form always follows function. And the second was the All or None Law.

* * * *

Form always follows function. Every part of your body has a shape that directly corresponds to what it does. I took that one step beyond: We are created in the image of God, according to the Bible. If that is our form, then what, exactly, is our function supposed to be? Yeah, I pondered over that sucker for decades, and some of the answers I’ve received to that question still make me chuckle.

By the way, you should never ask a manic person that question…

* * * *

The All or None Law is a principle that states the strength of a response of a nerve cell or muscle fiber is not dependent upon the strength of the stimulus. If a stimulus is above a certain threshold, a nerve or muscle fiber will always react to that stimulus. Essentially, there will either be a full response or there will be no response at all for an individual neuron or muscle fiber.

* * * *

I’ve tried applying the All or None Law to a lots of things outside the realm of human physiology, like, you know, religion. Based on that principle, either all of the religions on this planet are true. Or none of them are. I found both of those speculations to be morally and ethically abhorrent.

It’s probably not a good idea for anyone to try this line of thinking without professional supervision. Even then, the results aren’t likely to get any better than mine. And I like to think I’m extremely good at abstract thinking…

* * * *

I had pretty much resigned myself to the fact that I was asking questions that could never be answered by me, myself, and I. Nor did it seem that any of the religious “authorities” I questioned knew the answers to those questions either. I label them as authorities because that’s what they thought they were.

They went to school and studied the Bible, and holy scriptures, and stuff. So what could I possibly know about God that they did not? It’s like unto seeing your doctor and telling him you’ve looked up all of your symptoms on WebMD, and this is the treatment he should give you.

* * * *

You might wonder why I spend such an inordinate amount of time contemplating questions that don’t appear to have an answer, like I was some kind of Zen mystic or something. My lovely supermodel wife certainly does. I’m sure I’ve asked myself that same question more than once. And for me, the answer is simple: Spirituality.

Spirituality is a vital aspect of health and well-being, even if you don’t believe in God. That might not appear to make any sense, but even atheists believe in Something. Nature. The Universe. Call it what you will. Almost everyone on this planet believes in a God, or a lots of gods, or something that is externally greater than themselves. As far as I’m concerned, that constitutes spirituality.

In nursing school, we were taught about this spiritual component in terms of the Health-Illness Continuum. You can Google that up if you want more information on it.

I don’t think most people consider Nursing to be a spiritual profession, but every nurse I’ve ever known has prayed to God to save someone in their care. Or to save them from killing someone that the world would be much better without. Nurses know they are going to need all the help they can get from God because so many things can go wrong in healthcare, and very few of them are under our direct control.

* * * *

Many people equate spirituality with religion. Spiritual people go to church, don’t they? I mean, like, every Sunday — not just Christmas and Easter. I consider myself to be a spiritual person. and I rarely go to church anymore. Mostly because I think organized religion is the most successful scam operation ever invented by man. I could seriously elaborate on this topic for hours, but that’s the last thing I want to do because that would entail one helluvalot of typing, and I type about as well as I golf.

* * * *

I am not a great writer. I’m a great re-writer. I edit everything I write about 10,000 times. Sometimes even I don’t know what I was originally trying to say.

* * * *

Religion isn’t just the opium of the masses, as Karl Marx pointed out a couple of hundred years ago. It’s much, much worse that that. Organized religion has created far more problems than it has ever solved, and it has harmed just as many people as it has ever helped. Blatant hypocrisy and sex scandals aside, there’s this undisputable fact: Organized religion is Big Business.

The Roman Catholic Church is a corporation that has a net worth greater than General Motors, and possibly every other automobile manufacturer worldwide, combined. The Church isn’t just rich, it’s filthy fucking rich. Not bad for a bunch of dudes that took an oath of poverty…

And don’t get me started on television evangelists. I seriously hate every one of those motherfuckers.

* * * *

If you’re wondering where I’m going with this, take heart. I’m almost done.

I went to church on last year on Christmas Eve. My wife and son-in-law wanted to go to church, and even if I don’t think organized religion serves much of a higher purpose to me, it meant a lot to them. So to church we went. Gwen, John, Lea and myself.

It was a candle-light service, which was very soothing, even to me. The pastor of this church gave a little sermon about the birth of Jesus — the kind of stuff you’d expect to hear at a Christmas Eve service. I would have probably fallen asleep if it weren’t for the lit candle I was holding in my hand. And then the pastor said this, “Redemption always requires blood.”

It was a seemingly random sentence that popped up out of nowhere. I’m not sure he was even aware he said it because he didn’t elaborate on it. I’m not sure anyone else inside the church even heard what he had said.

But I could not forget it.

I thought about what he said for hours. When we went to bed that night, I was still thinking about it. And because I couldn’t stop thinking about that one random line, I decided to do something I had never done before.

I opened my heart, I opened my mind, I opened every cell in my body — I opened my very soul to God, to the Universe, and Everything.

* * * *

I’ve prayed to God a million times or more in my lifetime. I’ve prayed for a lots of things. Mostly things, I think. I’ve prayed for other things, too. Strength in times of trouble. Wisdom. Patience. That’s something you should never pray for because I can guarantee you will not like the way God will answer that prayer.

* * * *

I didn’t pray that night. I simply opened my soul to God and asked Him one question.

What is the truth?

I know I’ve asked Him that question countless times, expecting to receive some sort of response, only to hear the disappointing sounds of silence echo inside my head.

But on that night, Christmas Eve, 2021, exactly at midnight — God, the Universe, and Everything — answered me.

Takin’ Care of Business

Hey there, little buckaroos. Yes, it has been awhile! I’d apologize, but I doubt anyone has gone through withdrawal symptoms because I haven’t written anything for a few months.

* * * *

If you aren’t familiar with the song Takin’ Care of Business by the Canadian rock band Bachman-Turner Overdrive, I don’t know what to say to you. It was released in 1973, and it’s their best-known song of all time. The song has been used in a few hundred thousand movies and commercials. If you can honestly say you don’t know the song, you need to get a life.

* * * *

I’ve been retired for five years now. If you’re not retired, you should try it sometime. If you are retired, you may have noticed the same thing that I have: Retirement is literally days, weeks, and even months of not having to do anything if you don’t feel like doing it. You don’t have to go work anymore. You don’t have any pending appointments or meetings you have to attend on your calendar.

There might be some things you’ve been thinking about getting around to doing, but they’re not anything pressing, so if you decide today isn’t the day to tackle them, no one is going to care.

And then it’s almost as if all of the things you didn’t have to do conspire and BOOM! all of a sudden there’s a whole lots of shit that needs to be done.

Right. Now.

And that’s one of the reasons I haven’t been writing about my mostly incredibly boring and bucolic life. I’ve actually been busy.

* * * *

Way back in September, I conceived an idea to write about. A lots of goddamn stuff has happened since then, and I’m no longer interested in writing about it. I may get around to explaining that — we’ll see… Instead of writing, my lovely supermodel wife and I flew back to the States to attend my Aunt Noreen’s 90th birthday party at Lion’s Park in beautiful downtown Swanville, MN.

Aunt Reen is the last surviving matriarch on my mother’s side of the family. All of the elder relatives on my dad’s side of the family got dead years ago. Reen is my mom’s youngest sister, and to the best of my knowledge, she’s the oldest living person in my family’s history. We don’t tend to live much beyond the age of 80. And far too many of us tend to die much younger.

Noreen is a really neat gal, very much like unto my mom. They were best friends, and when Reen came over to my parents’ house to say good-bye to my mom just before she died, that was the sweetest thing I have ever seen in my life. It still makes me cry whenever I think about it.

It’s the only reason why I thought it was important to go to her party. I doubt any of my cousins will ever come visit us in Mexico, so I don’t see a preponderance evidence that suggests I need to spend a lots of money and energy connecting with people that aren’t going to make any effort to connect with me.

And speaking of people I don’t want to ever connect with again, there’s John, my Idiot Brother. As you have probably deduced, John and I are not good friends. Mainly because every time John contacts me, he threatens to kill me. I don’t believe 99% of the bullshit that emanates from him. I’m not sure if he’d actually kill me if he ever saw me again, but I have no doubt that he’d try to.

I knew there was no way John would miss going to Reen’s party, if for no other reason than there would be a whole lots of free beer there. So, yeah, this created a bit of a dilemma for me. As it turns out, I’m not the only person in my family that doesn’t want to be around my Idiot Brother. None of my cousins wanted him at their party either, however, they didn’t think he would even bother to attend.

Cut to the chase: John arrived at the party about half an hour before Lea and I arrived. My cousins messaged me to let me know he was there — even though they still didn’t think he would come — then they asked him to leave. John said, “You don’t think I’d really kill my brother with all these witnesses present, do you?” And they replied, “Because you say things like that, you have to leave. And if you don’t leave now, we’ll call the police.”

It was a very nice party. I got to see my old friend, Shorty Girtz. I’ve written about him and our epic vacation in Dallas, TX. You can look it up in the archives if you’re really bored. He took Lea for a ride on his new touring motorcycle, which I have to admit surprised me. Lea has never been all that interested in motorcycles, but she had blast.

According to the 2010 census, there are 350 people that live in the city of Swanville. At least half of the town was in attendance at Noreen’s party, mainly because she is probably related to almost everyone in Swanville in one way or another. Reen was very happy that we had flown up all the way from Mexico for her party. I gained a new level of respect for my cousins. And my Idiot Brother messaged me to tell me he was really going to kill me the next time he saw me, this time for sure. Again.

* * * *

We were in Minnesota for five days. On short visits like unto this one, you scramble like hell to see as many people as you can before you leave. The list of people that I’m willing to try to see keeps getting smaller, mostly for the reason previously stated above. The other reason is the impermanence of life itself. And that’s the other reason we went back to Minnesota.

I wanted to see Paul Anderson before he died to death.

* * * *

Paul and I were registered nurses, and we worked together at the Minneapolis VAMC in the In-patient Psychiatric Department for the entire twenty years I was employed there. Paul was mostly an excellent nurse. I had the utmost respect for him as a colleague, and I learned a helluvalot from him about how to do my job with the most efficiency. We supported each other through every fucking miserable event that befell us during that time, and we both had more than our share of traumas and tribulations over those two decades.

We celebrated every victory together. We celebrated even when there wasn’t much of anything to celebrate. I taught him everything I knew about smoking marijuana, and he taught me everything he knew about craft beers and red wine. Yeah, he was my drinking buddy. Unlike all of my other drinking buddies — who didn’t want to have anything to do with me after I quit drinking — Paul and I remained close friends.

In vino veritas. We knew everything there was to know about each other. He was my best friend, possibly the best male friend I’ve had in my entire life, despite the fact that he rooted for the much-despised Green Bay Peckers.

* * * *

If you’re wondering why I’m not writing another installment entitled For Whom the Bell Tolls, I just don’t have the courage to do it, even though Paul is more than worthy of a tribute from me. I’ve lost two of my best male friends in less than four months. Those losses have taken a lots of wind out of my sails, simply because losses like unto these are roughly the emotional equivalent of getting kicked in the balls.

The pain from the grief is acute enough as it is. Opening myself up to further pain by writing about it is more than I am willing to take on right now. And it’s one of the reasons I haven’t written. I rarely know what I’m going to write, and yeah, the idea that something like unto that would pour out of me honestly scared the shit out of me. I had to wait until I was sure that wasn’t going to happen.

Writing about Francisco’s death helped me process the shock and dismay that plagued me in his absence. I needed to write about him. I don’t have to do that with Paul. I’ve known he wasn’t going to live very long for the better part of this year. He told me he was dying in May. I told him to stay alive until I saw him in September.

He promised me that he would.

Lea and I drove out to see Paul, one last time, at the house he built, mostly all by himself, on September 20th. It was a bright and sunny day as we headed east on Highway 94. We visited with Paul and his wife for about an hour. That was the extent of the strength he had left. Lea and I have a boatload of fond memories of Paul and Synneva’s house. We got together frequently, usually at their home in rural Wisconsin, and shared many an ice cold beverage and a lots of laughter over the years.

It wasn’t bright and sunny anymore as we drove west, back to Minnesota and the Airbnb in St. Paul we had rented for our stay. Dark gray clouds had rolled in, and the skies opened up, unleashing torrents of rain that fell like rage. It was as if the sky had offered me an unction by crying the tears I no longer possessed.

If you were to ask me where I am in my grieving process right now, I don’t know if I could tell you. I’m not even sure who I’m grieving over half of the time. I don’t know if I can grieve individually anymore. It’s all become a kind of Grief Casserole to me, and I don’t really know how to cook.

The one thing I have going for me is I discovered I have a really great support system. My friends and family here have been there for me every time I’ve needed them. And they will be there if I need more from them.

Excuse me, I’m going to have to take a break here…

* * * *

I talked to Paul almost every day after we got back to Mexico. Our conversations rarely lasted even five minutes. I just wanted to hear his voice again, knowing there wouldn’t be many times we would talk.

I sent him all the pictures I had taken of our adventures, and his family, because I had fucking forgotten to pack them when we flew up there. I had pulled them out of storage, meaning to give them to him when I saw him, and set them on the bookcase in the Peach Room. And that’s where they were when we got back to Mexico.

He appreciated the pictures. We had had a lots of great times together, and he smiled a lots remembering them. His wife told me that.

I was going to call him on his birthday, Monday, October 11th. But when I opened my Facebook account, I had received a message from Synneva. Paul had passed away in his sleep during the night. He would have been 65 if he had lived three more hours. On the bright side, he got to see his beloved Packers win one last football game that they should have lost at least twice. So there was that.

* * * *

Time ceased to exist for me for awhile that morning. I went to the end of the patio because it was it was in the sunlight, and the mornings are getting a little chilly here. The birds were chirping in the trees. A light breeze was blowing, just enough of a breeze to tickle the hairs on your arms, but not enough to really do much more than that.

A few hummingbirds flitted from flower to flower in the garden. A vermillion flycatcher flew into one of the plumeria trees, looking for a meal. The warmth of the sun felt good. And I smiled, remembering the good times, wishing there had been at least one more visit…

Paul would have liked Mexico if he had ever gotten down here. He was planning to visit us in May of 2020. He had even bought his airfare. Then the pandemic hit and brought the world to a screeching halt. Paul cancelled his trip, with the idea to reschedule for a later date. Then he got too sick to travel, and that ended up being that.

True to his word as always, he stayed alive long enough so we could say good-bye to each other in person. Thank you for doing that.

Twenty days later, he, too, was gone.

Vaya con Dios, Mr. Anderson. The last thing you said to me was we will meet again. That is a promise you had better keep. I’m counting on you to show me the ropes again.

* * * *

In early October, our oldest daughter, Gwen, her husband, John, and their dog, Tori Belle, took up residence in the casita we had set up as a guest suite. They’re going to stay here for the next five months until they decide what they want to do when they grow up. They both work remotely from here. I guess that’s one positive outcome from the COVID-19 pandemic.

This has been somewhat of a surprise to us, that one of our kids would want to move back in with us, but it has been a good surprise. We have a kind of communal living experience going on here at the resort — minus the drugs and free love that were so popular back in the 1960’s.

It’s also somewhat ironic. Prior to moving into this house, I observed that there are a lots of gringo mansions down here. Huge honker homes that were probably occupied by one or two old, white people and maybe a couple of dogs. And then we moved into one one of those huge honker places… That’s why we invited Todd to move in with us. We had more than enough room for another person here.

When Gwen and John asked if they could take over our casita for an extended stay, we were well-versed in the process. Things are going smoothly for all of us as far as I know. If there’s anyone that is not satisfied with our current living arrangements, they haven’t talked to me about it.

* * * *

Because we no longer had a guest room for all of the people that said they were going to visit us, but probably never will — and because I needed something to do — I repainted the Peach Room and turned it into our new guest room.

I guess you could call the Peach Room a bonus room/flex space. We had it set up as a second living room/den, but we never used it. The kit-tens used to hang out in it occasionally. They probably used it more than any of the people that live here.

Yes. It’s a very big room. And that’s a queen-size bed. There’s an adjoining Jack and Jill bathroom between the guest room and Todd’s room. In this picture, the bathroom would be to your right. If you come to visit, you’ll have to share that.

* * * *

The next thing that needed to be done was repairing the ceiling in the master bedroom. I can’t remember exactly when it happened, but a few months ago our landlord finally replaced the malfunctioning solar heater for the swimming pool. Said heater rests on the roof of our bedroom.

The summer months here are the Rainy Season. We received over 40 inches of rain this year, so yeah, they call it the Rainy Season for a very good reason. That’s how we discovered the leak in the roof. We assume it originated with the new solar heater because it wasn’t there with the old solar heater. Our property manager sent a crew here to repair the roof three times. The Rainy Season has ended, so we probably won’t know if the leak has actually been sealed until sometime next June…

Just in cases you didn’t know, all of the buildings in Mexico are primarily constructed of bricks, mortar, and steel. Someone told me it was because of the termites, which are pretty much everywhere down here. Maybe that’s true. I don’t really know. Concrete might have a lots of advantages as a building material, but one disadvantage it has is it is very porous and sucks up water like unto a sponge.

And that’s pretty much what happened on our roof. Water followed the path of least resistance and after one particularly heavy thunderstorm, part of the ceiling in our bedroom kind of collapsed — not much, just a little — but it continued to do so with each consecutive rainfall. After a couple months of this process repeatedly repeating itself, the ceiling in our bedroom was in a very sorry state of affairs.

Repairing the ceiling amounted to scraping away all the loose mortar and paint, then plastering all the cracks and crevices and canyons that the leaking roof had created, and then sanding all the rough spots down until they were more or less smooth. Plastering isn’t something I would call one of my strengths, but the end result looked comparable to the other repairs that had been done to the bedroom ceiling prior to when we moved in.

Lea said she was happy with it, and that was really all I needed to hear.

The worst part of this process is the mold remediation. If you have never attempted to get get mold out of a concrete ceiling, you haven’t missed much. It is a long and tedious process. Oddly enough, the mold is no where near the spot where the ceiling first started falling apart. I might be done with that part of the job by Christmas…

When we moved into this house, we hired Francisco to paint almost every room in the house. Just about the only surfaces he didn’t paint were the ceilings — except in the master bedroom. It must have looked like hell, so that’s probably why Lea asked him to paint it. It’s the only reason why I had paint that matched perfectly, and I won’t have to repaint the entire ceiling.

The final bedroom renovations entailed moving the TV set that had been in the Peach Room that no one ever watched into the master bedroom and connecting it to the DVD player I had purchased at Best Buy® while we were in Minnesota.

* * * *

Probably Little Known Fact About DVD’s and DVD Players: they are coded for the country they are manufactured in. Yeah, I didn’t know that either, until I bought a DVD player that was made in Mexico. It would not play any of the DVD’s I had purchased in the United States of America.

* * * *

It took me awhile to switch from VHS tapes to DVD’s, but once I did I thought it would be stupid to have just one DVD. Hey, do you want to come over to my house and watch my DVD? See? I told you… So I bought a lots of them over the years.

* * * *

It took me the better part of an hour to figure out how to change the codes in my Mexican DVD player so we could watch a movie, and I’m pretty sure we didn’t bother to even watch it after we finally got everything working. I don’t use that player to watch movies. I have it hooked up to the stereo on the patio because DVD players also play CD’s, and I have a lots and lots of CD’s.

* * * *

The last thing that kept me from writing was working in the gardens here at the Chula Vista Resort and Spa. They were starting to look tired, so I tore almost everything out of most of them. Then Lea decided she wanted to trim the Royal and Ancient Hedgerow in the South Garden.

I guess I should have asked her what she meant by the word trim. Lea more or less ripped out everything that had regrown, leaving the fence looking almost exactly like it did one year ago when we originally attacked the hedgerow.

I was originally a little bummed out because the hedgerow looks like hell now, but as we have seen, it will return again. And her extreme trimming may even benefit the vines that I actually want to grow. Time will tell on that account. All I know is they didn’t fill in the places I wanted them to this year…

* * * *

It’s been a tough year for me. It just goes to show you that you should never think things can’t get any worse than they were last year…

I had originally planned this post to be about the Anti-Vaccine Movement, and how incredibly selfish those people are in the midst of a global pandemic that has changed, and will continue to change our lives for the foreseeable future.

I think they’re moronheads. And that’s about all I have to say about that anymore. Except I hope the Green Bay Peckers don’t secure a bye in the playoffs because of Aaron Rodgers being an anti-vaxing sissifated sniffle-snaffle. It’d serve him right.

It’s also been a very good year for me. I am very aware of that. I don’t need anyone to point that out to me. Life is all about balance and equilibrium. My life is balancing out gradually. I no longer experience the wild mood swings that owned me in July.

I remain resilient. The losses I have felt this year have bent me and stretched me to my limits at times, but they did not break me. At least, I don’t think they did.

I have lost dear friends, but I have also found support from a group of people that I didn’t expect it from. That was another good surprise.

Thank you, everyone. Everyone that has supported me. Everyone that has helped me support Francisco’s family. Thank you all from the bottom of my broken heart.

It isn’t as broken as it used to be. And that is very much because of all of you.

Move Along

“Hey Mark, how’s it going?” “Hola Marcos, ¿cómo estás?”

It seems like a simple question, doesn’t it? It’s a greeting that we utilize so many times during each day that it’s almost automatic with everyone we meet, even people we don’t know. We say it without even thinking, and that’s usually how we respond.

“I’m okay. How are you?”

For about a month after Francisco took his life, I had no idea how to respond to that question. I wasn’t okay, and I didn’t have the energy to even try to fake it. But no one really wants to hear your problems if you’re not okay, so I responded thusly, “I don’t know. I honestly don’t know how I’m doing right now.” And I left it at that. So did most of the people I talked to because they had no idea what to say in response.

I’ve gotten to the point where I can fake being okay again, though it very much depends on the day. As an example: I’ll be fine on Monday, but on Tuesday I’m a basketcase. I honestly don’t know how my wife has been able to deal with my volatile moods of late, and when I say volatile, that is an understatement.

I gave up driving for a couple of weeks because I found myself screaming at everyone whenever I got behind the wheel of our SUV.

* * * *

“What the fuck are you doing, you goddamn morons!

“Honey, you need to settle down. Those people were sitting at the bus stop.”

* * * *

I’ve expounded on my General Theory of Guys in previous posts. Guys are simple creatures. Amoebas are more complex than most guys. Guys essentially have two emotions: they are either okay, or they aren’t. And that’s about it. Guys are not built to process complex emotions.

For me, it’s as if everything inside my heart and head were pureed in a blender then poured back inside me, creating a mélange of melancholia suffused with sorrow and regret, with hints of pain and loss. And yet, somehow, there seems to be some vital ingredient missing…

I would like to take a moment to thank the Cooking Channel for making that complex emotional description even remotely possible for me.

* * * *

Perhaps Little Known Facts About the Grieving Process: There are five stages in the Grief and Loss Process — Denial. Anger. Bargaining. Depression. Acceptance. In situations like Francisco’s suicide, I think there’s a sixth step that precedes all of the others: Shock. And you have to recover from the initial shock before you can start fumbling your way through the other stages.

Progression through the five stages of grief isn’t linear — you bounce around in and out of all of them like unto a superball thrown in a hallway. It’s probably even possible that you can be in all five stages at once. More than once…

In addition, progression through the stages isn’t like playing a video game where you complete one level and move on neatly to the next. You can revisit each stage of grief as many times as you like — even if it’s a stage you’d rather not visit anymore. There’s no timeline on grief and loss. You can complete all five stages in five minutes and be done with them. Forever. Conversely, fifty years may not be enough time for you to get through one stage.

There are no rules. There’s no right way. There’s no wrong way. Every person goes through this process, and every person does it differently. When you look at it in that light, it’s amazing that any of us finds our way through the maze and comes out safely on the other side.

* * * *

Move Along is a song by the American rock band the All-American Rejects, released in early 2006. It was the band’s biggest hit, and it got a whole lots of radio air time. I bought the CD and have the songs on probably more than one of my playlists. The song, somewhat ironically, is more or less an anthem for suicide prevention. The lyrics encourage believing in oneself and persevering in the face of problems.

* * * *

It’s times like unto this that I wish life would take a time-out and give you the opportunity to get back on your feet before it kicks you in the balls again, but life doesn’t work like that. Life simply goes on whether you’re ready or not.

So I found myself in an incredibly vulnerable position when I lost another friend just a couple of weeks after Francisco’s death.

Her name was Hope. We were friends on Facebook. Hope was also a writer. In current lingo, I think Hope was what you would call an Influencer to most of her followers. She read at least one of my blogs, and had messaged me a couple of times about my blog. She thought I was a very good writer, so I thought she was a very cool person.

Hope was battling cancer, and I fell in love with her attitude. She was going to fight this disease, and she was going to kick its ass. In that regard, Hope was my polar opposite. I expect that I’ll be diagnosed with cancer sometime in the next twenty years or so. Unlike Hope, I have no intention of going into battle against that dragon. I don’t want surgery. Or radiation and chemotherapy. I plan on going on the M&M diet, and that is all.

M&M stands for Motrin and Morphine. Lea and I want to be as free of pain as possible. Beyond that, we don’t want any extraordinary measures taken to prolong our lives. We just had our Living Wills filled out this week and notarized here in Mexico because you never know when you’re going to need those kinds of things, and it’s better to be prepared than it is to wish you hadn’t procrastinated on getting that paperwork completed.

I followed Hope’s Facebook page daily. She had had at least one tumor removed before we became FB friends, and was undergoing radiation and chemotherapy when our virtual relationship began. No matter how lousy she may have felt physically, mentally and emotionally she remained positive and upbeat.

I enjoyed her numerous posts and her sense of humor — she swore a lot — and cheered on her progress against her disease, despite my opposing view on the level of treatment I was willing to endure. She was young and vibrant, and she felt she had a lot to live for. I am about twenty years older than Hope was, and I simply hope I have another ten to fifteen years left on this planet before God enrolls me in His energy recycling program.

Hope felt her treatments were going very well. Her scans were promising. All signs of her cancer had disappeared, and she believed she had won. Her jubilation was palpable, even on social media. All of her friends rejoiced with her. Including me.

Then her cancer returned in three places. Her liver, kidneys, and I cannot remember the third site no matter how hard I try. And within a matter of weeks, she was gone. I think she fought for as long and as hard as she could, and when her cancer returned, she had nothing left to fight with.

* * * *

In retrospect, I doubt Hope’s death would have hit me as hard as it did if it hadn’t come so closely after Francisco’s. Lately, I’ve had TV commercials reduce me to tears. Except the Charmin® commercials. They make want to kill those fuckin’ toilet paper hoarding ursine assholes.

Thankfully, Japan decided go ahead with the Summer Olympics despite the pandemic, despite the reservations of their people and some of the athletes, and despite the restrictions they imposed on anyone who wanted to attend the games.

The Olympic games — with all of their pageantry, ceremony, and competition — were just the distraction I needed. The backstories of the athletes were inspiring. Some of the competitions were riveting. Lea and I were on the edge of our seats more than once. And my lovely supermodel wife doesn’t really like the Olympics all that much.

She thinks the games last too long, and some of the events are, well, boring.

Because we’re US citizens living in Mexico who watch Canadian satellite TV, we found ourselves rooting for athletes from the three countries that comprise North America. And I always root for the athletes of the host nation. I think it’s the least I can do for all of the expense and effort that goes into producing and orchestrating these events.

The most significant moment of the Olympics didn’t have anything to do with performance or competition. It happened when Simone Biles dropped out of the women’s gymnastic events. It was the most courageous performance of any Olympics, ever. It highlighted the enormous stressors and pressures elite athletes are under, not just to perform, but to win at any cost. And when she said, No. My mental health is more important. It made a whole lots of people sit up and pay attention to an aspect of life that has been mostly swept under the rug.

* * * *

In a completely different but parallel universe, 25% of the front line nurses in America’s hospitals are seriously considering leaving their chosen profession because they just can’t take the workloads, the lack of support from their administrations, and the profound trauma that the COVID-19 pandemic has subjected them to.

I was a nurse for 30 years, and I can attest to the fact that nursing is a job you have to love in order to perform it — simply because it sucks far more often than it doesn’t. The worst part about nursing is it has a ton of responsibilities, but virtually no power. It is an incredibly toxic combination, and I don’t see that changing any time soon.

If you think being a patient in a hospital is bad, it’s nothing compared to working in one every day, year in, year out. Hospital administrators are about as empathetic as Genghis Khan, and studies have shown that T-Rex was capable of more compassion than most hospital administrators are today.

Nursing burnout has been discussed quietly, mostly in whispers in the dark, for a very long time. But now it is being shouted in the streets in the light of day. It is the singular most important issue the healthcare industry is going to have to address, and quickly, unless they want to deal with the fallout of a crisis of their own creation.

I’ve occasionally wondered how I would’ve responded to the COVID pandemic if I hadn’t retired when I did. One of my work daughters answered that question for me the last time Lea and I travelled to Arizona, which, ironically, happened to be one year ago this week. “Oh, you would’ve been the first person they fired.” she said. “Oh, no doubt,” my other work daughter agreed. “There’s no way you would have been able to go along with all the bullshit they put us through. You would’ve demanded better treatment, and they would’ve fired you. Absolutely.”

* * * *

The Olympics enabled me to do one thing I wasn’t sure I’d be able to do again, and that is hope. Yeah, another little bit of irony there. But maybe, just maybe, something good can come out of the deaths that have recently impacted my life. And maybe, just maybe, we will defeat this pandemic and life can assume a semblance of the normalcy we all once knew and took for granted.

That last part is very large maybe, given the resistance some people have about getting vaccinated against a disease that has killed almost 4.5 million people worldwide. And that’s with several lockdowns and quarantines. Face masks and social distancing. And all of the other safeguards that have been put in place. 4.5 million. How many more people have to die before everyone agrees that no one else should be sacrificed to the Coronavirus?

The sheer unmitigated stupidity of these people is just…indescribable. This isn’t an issue of freedom of choice. This is matter of life and death. Period. End of story.

* * * *

There’s nothing I can do to help Francisco, but his death doesn’t negate the promise I made to him. I’ve been working with a friend of mine, Dave Naisby, to put together a group of donors to financially provide for Francisco’s widow, Oyuki, and his three children for the next several years. We call it Francisco’s Angels. Every peso, every penny we collect goes directly to the family.

Oyuki needs roughly $10,000 pesos a month to put food on the table and pay her bills. That’s approximately $500 US dollars a month. I don’t think I’ve ever lived on that amount — even when I wasn’t making $500/month.

Several members of my country club have stepped up to donate on a monthly basis, but not as many people as I thought there would be. These are people who knew Francisco, and claimed to be his friend. That has been very disappointing for me. Several friends of mine from the States have stepped up and donated to this cause, which absolutely stunned me and left me crying tears of gratitude. These are people that didn’t know Francisco, and never will, and yet they opened their hearts, and wallets, to help provide for a family that is in desperate need of support.

Providing for the financial stability of Francisco’s family has become a huge honker of a deal to me. In psychological terms, I’ve sublimated my grief into this cause.

I never envisioned myself being in this position, probably because I suck at being a prophet, but I have no pride in this matter and will take help from anyone that is willing to assist me. If you would like to donate to this cause, you can contact me by leaving a comment. We’ll talk.

It’ll take about a month for your donation to get to us here. If you write a check, make a notation to Francisco’s Angels in the memo thing in the lower left-hand corner. Lea and I will provide a free one week vacation at the Chula Vista Resort and Spa, including meals, for anyone who contributes to this cause. That is a no-bullshit offer, but you have to provide your own airfare to Guadalajara…

My deepest gratitude and thanks to anyone that decides to donate to Francisco’s Angels.

For Whom the Bell Tolls, Part IV

Friday, June 25, 2021. 9:19 AM

Our home phone rang. I was closest to the phone, so I answered it. Caller ID didn’t recognize the number of the in-coming call. It was probably a solicitor trying to sell me something. In Spanish. This will be a short call, I thought.

“Bueno.” I said. That’s what you say when you answer the phone in Mexico. You don’t say Hello. You say Good. Possibly to indicate that you have a good connection on your end, but no one really knows why.

“Señor Mark Rowen?”

“Yes, this is Mark. How can I help you?”

“Marcos, this is Ramiro at the golf course–“ Ramiro Barajas is the golf pro at the Country Club de Chapala. It’s become my second home. I talk with Ramiro every time I see him, if he’s not busy. Ramiro is a very popular guy, especially with the Grumpy Geezer Crowd. If someone isn’t happy about something at my course, Ramiro is usually the first person to hear about it.

“Oh! Hola, Ramiro. ¿Cómo está?”

“I’m fine, señor. How are you?”

“I’m doing okay. What’s up?” There was a long pause.

Marcos, I’m afraid I have some very bad news for you, señor.” There was a even longer pause this time. Bad news? I thought. What happened to my golf cart this time? I couldn’t think of anything else Ramiro would call me about, and my golf cart has had more than a few problems since I bought it. “Last night — I’m sorry, Marcos. There is no easy way to say this — last night, your caddy, Pancho, took his life, señor.

“WHAT?!?”

“I’m very sorry, Marcos.”

“No! Oh, no! ohnoohnoohno. Oh God, no. Did you say he took his own life?”

“Yes, señor.

“And we’re talking about Francisco, right?”

“Yes, señor.

“Francisco Flores.”

“Yes, señor. Again, I’m very sorry to have to give you this news, amigo”

“This can’t be true! noohgodno. Why?!? Why would he do that?”

* * * *

* * * *

I don’t know if you’ve ever been on the receiving end of that kind of call. In Guy Terminology, it’s like unto getting a roundhouse kick from Chuck Norris to the head, the stomach, and the groin — all at once. Receiving one such call in your lifetime is more than enough. I’ve had so many of them I’ve lost count. I received my first call of this nature when I was seventeen. I had the same reaction then that I did this time.

It doesn’t get any easier with time. There’s no way you can practice getting better at it, and if there is, I haven’t discovered how to do it. I knew I would write several posts of this genre after I wrote the first one. It’s one of the facts of life that sooner or later we all die. But I never imagined that I would be writing about Francisco. He was only 46. I expected he would outlive me by a few decades at the very least.

* * * *

“This is what I have heard so far, señor. Last night, Pancho said he was going to the store. One hour passed, then two hours…he did not come home at all. This morning, he had still not returned, so his family went looking for him. And they found him. He was hanging in the tree behind his mother’s house. I am sorry to have to be telling you this, amigo.”

That was the most confusing part of his death for me. It was inconceivable that Francisco would commit suicide, but I wasn’t processing this as I talked to Ramiro. I wasn’t processing anything. Francisco loved life. He loved his wife, Oyuki. And he adored his children, Angelina, Jesus, and Eduardo. I used to ask him about his family every time I saw him. You could see the joy and pride on his face when he talked about them.

“Sometimes I think I need new shoes or something. And I think of my children, and I think they need something else more. So I never buy anything for myself. Everything I have I want to give to my children. I want them to have a better life than I did. But I want them to understand if you want something, you have to work for it, you know?”

* * * *

I first met Francisco at the golf course. He was one of the many caddies that worked at the country club. They are all good caddies, and at the beginning, I didn’t care which one I hired. Because I golf for recreation, I joke around with whomever I’m playing with, and that includes the caddies.

One day about three years ago, I was kind of talking to myself and my golf clubs, trying to figure out how I should hit this next shot. I was on the left side of the fifth fairway, and I had maybe ninety yards to the green.

“I have a suggestion Marcos, if you want to hear it.” Francisco said. He was standing a few feet behind me, smiling like he knew something I didn’t.

“Are you kidding me? You’ve probably forgotten more about golf than I will ever know. Of course I want hear what you have to say.

“Okay.” he whispered, like he was going to share something seriously secret with me, and I would probably end up going pro in a week. “Keep your goddamn head down and hit the fucking ball.”

It was at that precise moment in time that I knew I had found my caddy.

* * * *

About a year ago I asked Francisco why he decided to be my caddy almost exclusively. I’m sure he took a lots of teasing from the other caddies because of his decision. We might have been playing golf together. I invited him to play with me several times, and we had a great time, every time. It was almost a privilege to pay for his greens fees so he could kick my ass simply because he enjoyed those days so much

“I meet a lot of people caddying. I don’t say anything, but I see how they act, what kind of people they are. You — you’re not like anyone else I’ve met.”

“That’s because I’m crazy.”

“Siiiiiiii, but so am I. Maybe that’s why we get along so well.” He had this way of sometimes elongating the way he said yes and no. No always meant no. But when he lengthened out the way he said yes, it could have meant yes. Or maybe. Or probably. And it might have even meant no.

“But I have been watching you for a long time now. You always treat everyone with respect, it doesn’t matter who they are. The other caddies. The groundskeepers here. Other golfers. You are always very good with other people. When you’re playing golf, you are always very encouraging to the people you play with. You are always joking around and making people laugh. Even me. And I’m just a fuckin’ caddy.”

“Don’t ever say that. You’re a great caddy.”

“That’s what makes you different. When you say that, I almost believe you.”

“You know what makes you different? I’ve never heard you say a bad word about anyone.”

“Siiiiiiii. I don’t say anything, but I think many bad things sometimes. Because I’m an asshole.”

* * * *

For someone who didn’t have a lots of formal training or education, Francisco had compiled an impressive skillset in his lifetime. He was a professional house painter. We hired him to paint the interior of the gringo mansion we’re currently renting. He painted the casita when we set it up as a guest suite. And he painted our pool when we had it refinished at the beginning of this year. He priced his jobs fairly, and I always gave him more money than he asked for.

“You have a wife and three kids. Kids are expensive. I know. I have a couple of them myself. Take the money, and buy yourself a new pair of shoes.”

“Okay, amigo. But I won’t buy shoes for me. Eduardo needs new shoes more than I do.”

He was an electrician. A plumber. A mason. A tiler. Many of our friends have hired him for home improvement jobs. His only standard was perfection, and his work was always impeccable. When my golf course decided up upgrade the caddy shack and make it something other than a shack and an eyesore, Francisco was chosen to head up the construction. He built his house from the ground up, and it is beautiful. He had plans to expand it eventually…

Between golf and all of the projects we hired Francisco to do for us, we ending up spending a whole lots of time together, and we talked about everything. The more I knew about him, the more I liked him. We became good friends, and we continued to talk. He told me all of his hopes and dreams and plans for the future.

“Listen, mijo. I spent half of my life trying to help people that didn’t want to be helped. And then we moved here, and I see so many people that need so many things. I can’t help them all. So I picked you. You became my friend, and then my good friend, and now you’re like a son to me.

“I’m not rich. I don’t have unlimited funds, but anything I can do to help you realize your dreams — all you have to do is say something. I will help you in any way I can. That is my promise to you, and I don’t think I’ve ever said that to another person in my life.”

“You know what I think. I think I am very lucky to have met you, and to have a good friend like you.”

* * * *

The last time Francisco caddied for me was June 13th. I shot the best score I’ve had in months. On the sixteenth hole, I had about a twelve foot putt for a par. My golf wife, Phyllis had putted up to about ten inches from the hole, and her ball was left of the line I needed to take to make my putt. Francisco was going to mark her ball, but I stopped him.

“Watch this. I’m going to bank my ball off of Phyllis’ ball and make this putt.” And that’s exactly what I did.

Francisco just stood there looking at me, like he couldn’t believe what he had just seen.

“You know, when you make shots like that, I think you are a really good golfer. But you don’t take the game seriously enough all the time. If you really want to be a good golfer, that’s what you have to do. But then, no one would want to play with you because you would kick their asses every time.”

“Even you, mijo?

“Siiiiiiii. But I don’t think you can be that serious.”

* * * *

The tragic part of this story is when the time came that Francisco should have talked to me about the struggles he was facing, he chose not to, and took his life. Lea, Phyllis and I went to his visitation last Saturday. We brought a bunch of food and big bottle of tequila. I wasn’t sure what the local customs are, but I figured those would be okay because these events last all day and all night.

I said my last good-bye to my friend, and cried what I hoped would be the last of my tears for him. But they weren’t. I’ve had to walk away from this post many times because I couldn’t see the computer screen. This has taken ten times longer than it should have because I can’t stop crying.

At the visitation, I pulled Francisco’s oldest brother, Mario, to the side to get as much information as he was willing to share, and he told me a story that both chilled me, and comforted me in a way. I’m not going to try to repeat it word-for-word. Mario talked to me for at least half an hour, and he talks really fast.

Francisco was not in good health. Yeah, he looked fine, and he always said he was feeling okay. But he went to see a doctor, and he had some tests done. When he got home, he set his test results on the table. One of Francisco’s sons picked the papers up. Francisco grabbed them out his son’s hands, set the papers on fire, and threw them in the garbage. Mario said most of the papers were burned to a crisp except one little strip that was browned, but not completely destroyed. That piece of paper had one word on it: Positivo

About a month earlier, Mario said Francisco told him he was having terrible headaches. So bad that he felt like his head was exploding. So bad that he couldn’t move the left side of his body. He had had at least one episode of incontinence, and his wife had to help him to the bathroom and clean him up. Like he was a little baby.

“You know my brother. He never complained about anything. If anything was bothering him, he wouldn’t say anything to anyone. Not even me. I don’t know what kind of test he had done, but whatever it was, it was positive. Maybe he had a tumor in his head. Maybe he had the cancer. Maybe he had something else — I don’t know. But whatever it was, it was bad. He was having the headaches, and the weakness on his left side. And the other stuff.

“My brother, he was a proud man. And I think — I don’t know for sure because none of us will now — I think he decide not to live like this. He don’t say anything to no one and I think — I’m no sure — but I think he was planning to do this for awhile. He write a note. Yes! He leave a short note. This is my decision. I love you all. I’m sorry. Please forgive me.”

* * * *

I was angry with Francisco when I was finally able to start processing this terrible news, and realized that my friend was actually dead, and I would never see him again. That he would take his life for no fucking reason, and he didn’t bother to tell me what he was thinking. I wanted to kill him for being dead, and I wanted to kill him for the manner in which he did it. And then I heard Mario’s story.

If Francisco had been planning to do this for awhile, like Mario thought, I was beyond stunned that he could have fooled me so easily. I am a retired psych nurse. Preventing people from killing themselves is what I did for a living. If anyone should have been able to see this coming, that person should have been me. But I didn’t. I didn’t even have a whisper of hint that this might even be a possibility.

In retrospect, the only clue I had was this: I used to offer Francisco a ride on my cart all the time when he was caddying for me. It just seemed like the right thing to do. At first, he declined. And then he started getting in if it was a long distance he had to walk. And for about the last month or so, he would usually wait for me to pick him up because he was probably too goddamn tired to walk anymore.

I thought about the sheer strength of will it must have taken for him to act like there was nothing wrong, when there was something terribly wrong, and to keep it to himself. I thought about how exhausted he must have been from that effort, and how terrified he must have been to see a future that daunted him enough to make him take his life — despite his love and devotion to his family.

I’m still angry that he didn’t give me, and the rest of the people who knew him and loved him, a chance to help him. There are many members of the country club that would have gladly pooled their resources to pay for any and all of his medical expenses…

This is my decision… That keeps coming back to me. He decided on quality of life over quantity. I may not like his choice, simply because I’m going to miss him so much, but I can respect it. It’s the same decision I would’ve made.

* * * *

I have had my heart broken before. It may have taken me a decade or more to get over it, but I did, more or less. From this — this I will never get over. Francisco’s spirit talks to me every day. Not to haunt me, I think he’s waiting for me to say I forgive him, and I’m not ready to do that yet.

Oh, my friend. I can only hope that you’re at peace with your decision because none of us that you left behind are. You have created a great void in our lives, and I don’t know what we can do to fill it. I hope you are free from pain, and in your next life you will have a better life because of all the good you did in this one.

Vaya con Dios, mijo. I hope we meet again someday. And I’ve been thinking about what you told me about golf and being serious. I don’t know if I can ever be that serious about it either, but I can guarantee you one thing. Golf will never be the same for me without you.

Future Shock

Hey there little buckaroos. How’s everything going out there? I am admittedly out of touch with most of the things going on in the world right now. My life has become a fairly insulated cocoon of intentional oblivion. I’m not terribly interested in much of anything that happens beyond our gate anymore. Perhaps you can relate to this. I don’t think I’m the only person that feels this way.

No news is good news. Ignorance is bliss.

There might a lots of truth in those statements. There might not be any. They aren’t mottos or credos that I try to uphold in my life. The only reason I mentioned them is they’re the kinds of things I’ve heard other people say when they’re not terribly interested in what’s going on around them either. And it’s not as if I’ve gone completely off the grid of current events. I don’t watch the news very often anymore, but I receive daily updates on what’s going in the world via social media and the Interweb every time I log onto one of my mobile devices.

* * * *

According one recent report I read, the Minnesota Vikings are suddenly considered to be serious Super Bowl contenders by at least one sportswriter. That made me laugh, so that guy might not be a sportswriter anymore. Football season hasn’t even started yet! That’s probably why the Vikings are contenders to be world champions at this precise moment in time.

Every team has the same chances of winning the Super Bowl right now because they’re all undefeated, and no one knows how good or bad they are. There haven’t been devastating injuries to key players, and there’s almost one or two of those that happen to just about every team as the season progresses. Unless the Vikings field a vastly different team than they did last year, that prognostication won’t stand up very long. They did spend a whole lots money this year upgrading their defense, and everyone who follows American football knows that defense wins championships. Right?

That’s a hope I’m trying to keep alive, though it has dropped precipitously on my priority list over the last few years.

Speaking purely for myself, I’ve been disappointed by the Vikings so many times in my life that I don’t care if they ever make it back to the Super Bowl again. If they do, my doctor is going to have to put me on a whole lots of Valium for the two weeks between the NFC Championship game and the Super Bowl. He’ll probably have to admit me into the hospital and have me sedated during the game because I won’t be able to watch it without having a heart attack or a stroke. And if they lose for a fifth time, he might just as well put me down. I’m not sure I could live through one more post-season heartbreak from them.

Maybe that’s a hope I shouldn’t try to keep alive anymore…

* * * *

A couple of weeks ago I read an article that former president Donald Trump shut down his radically new and revolutionary social media platform (From the Desk of Donald J. Trump), after just 29 days. It turns out that his SMP wasn’t much of a platform. Not even for him. It was, wait for it — a blog. That made me laugh, too. I LOLed. And LMFAOed. And I ROTFLed. Then I re-LOLed some more.

There’s a reason for my reactions. Mr. Trump originally said he was going to create a new social media platform that would redefine the genre and make Facebook and Twitter about as meaningful as Myspace. Both of those sites suspended his accounts indefinitely after he incited a riot that resulted in the deaths of five people.

Given the fact that The Donald is a failed influencer that needs to be in the spotlight, he had no choice but to create his own social media platform, just so he could put himself back into the spotlight, especially after those fascist assholes at Facebook and Twitter wouldn’t even let him appear on their stages anymore.

* * * *

I will never stop hoping that Trump will someday be indicted for a lengthy list of crimes, and imprisoned for a very lengthy period of time — and five counts of murder/manslaughter/homicide need to be on that list. I know this will never happen, but that doesn’t mean I can’t continue to hope that it will. And it doesn’t begin to describe how disappointed I am in the American justice system for letting him get away with… everything… so far.

There. Are. No. Words.

* * * *

You’d think that this self-proclaimed genius would’ve known better, wouldn’t you? A blog? I mean, OMG! WTF?!? That’s a terrible medium for The Donald — for a multitude of reasons. He was at his best — if you can call it that — when he buffooned and clowned his way around the stage for his Trump-pets, speaking off the cuff in front of a microphone with a whole lots of cameras rolling.

It would appear that Donald Trump put as much effort into revamping social media as he did in creating a healthcare system that would improve upon on the Affordable Care Act. Or preventing the pandemic. Or fixing the American budget deficit. Or making America more better greater again… I can do this all day, people. I have a really long list of President Trump’s failures.

A blog, for the most part, is a written venue of communication. There isn’t any means for immediate interaction between the writer and the audience, and there is no opportunity to ad lib anything. Additionally, The Donald cannot spel. Nor can he write a complete, comprehensive sentence. And most of his supporters can’t reed rede read.

The Sharpie is mightier than the Quid Pro Quo

According to the article, that was the reason an infuriated Donald Trump shut down his cutting-edge social media platform. I mean, his blog. No one was reading it. I might have actually had more people reading my mostly meaningless blog than Trump had reading his totally pointless blog. That makes me smile a smile of vast contentment. Unfortunately, The Donald wasn’t infuriated enough to have a heart attack or a stroke.

Oh well, maybe next time… Like, when he finally figures out the election he lost will never, ever, be overturned.

* * * *

I have a lots of hypothetical situations that run through my head, so I’m going to throw this one out there as an example: I doubt that any of the thirteen people who regularly read my blog are Trump supporters, but on the off-hand chance that you are, and you’re female, and you’ve been wondering if you could be in a relationship with me because I seem like an urbane, erudite, cool guy — um, no. We couldn’t.

For one thing, I’m already in a relationship. I’m very happily married to my lovely supermodel wife. But even if that wasn’t the case, no, we still couldn’t be in a relationship. To sort of paraphrase Meatloaf, I can overlook a lots of things. But I can’t/won’t do that.

* * * *

Maybe it’s because I’m no longer as young as I used to be, but keeping up with the pace of life has become exhausting. I didn’t have insomnia prior to the first Coronavirus lockdown. Oddly, I do now. I’ve had it for about the last year. And I consider my life to be more free from stress than it has ever been.

At some point in time in this post I plan on exploring that issue. We’ll see how long it takes me to get there.

The fact that I often have trouble sleeping now — like tonight — doesn’t bother me as much as it bothers my doctor. He seems to view my insomnia as a personal affront to him. I’ve been taking Melatonin regularly at night for the last couple of weeks to make him happy. Sometimes it works, sometimes it doesn’t.

I’m retired. If I don’t sleep, it’s not like it’s going effect my performance at work the next day. And if I decide to take a nap in the afternoon it’s not going to get me fired. I don’t see this as a big problem.

There’s at least one more thing I should take into consideration about my current level of physical/emotional enervation and semi-frequent episodes of insomnia: As my wife has pointed out to me several times, I’m not 64 anymore. It’s pretty much all downhill for me from here on out…

To quote my brother-in-law, N. William Pfaff, “They can only kill you once. Everything else is just foreplay.”

Like unto many things in my life, I’m going to stand pat with the Wait and See approach; continue to monitor and assess myself from a distance because I don’t want me to know that I’m under surveillance.

* * * *

Don’t you worry. When things get back to normal again, your life will get back to normal again, too.

Perhaps. But there’s this: The world has changed, and whatever it returns to will not be the same world that existed prior to COVID-19. And there’s also this: No one I know has ever used the word normal to describe me. You probably don’t want to be the first person to go there.

* * * *

¡Feliz Día del Padre! And it’s the first day of summer too. The sun is shining. The US Open Golf Championship is playing on the TV. I usually golf on Sunday, but I took today off for a few reasons:

I haven’t been playing much golf since Todd decided he needed a vacation from us and drove up to Minnesota in early April to see his son, his daughter, and his grandson. We’re assuming that he’ll return in about a month or so. But there was never a strict timeline on his plans, so everything is subject to change. It’s one of the perks of being retired. You get to play a whole lots of things by ear.

I was under the illusion that I’ve been in a bit of slump for the last year or so. I wasn’t pleased with my scores because they, you know, sucked. But the word slump implies that at one time I wasn’t playing poorly, and I’m not sure I can state that with a clear conscience anymore — if I ever could.

I seem to remember that just before the first quarantine I was consistently scoring in the low 80’s, and I was convinced that I was going break 80 in the very near future. But I’m also the guy that forgets why he went into the kitchen in 20 steps or less, so I’m not sure my memory of being an almost not-so-terrible golfer is accurate.

Theoretically, a slump should be time-limited. Shouldn’t it?? After a year of slumping through the fairways, the roughs and the trees, the sand traps, and the greens — I’m starting to think this isn’t so much of a slump as it is a strong indicator that I’m simply not all that good at golf.

* * * *

While we’re on the subject of golf theories, I’m going to present Naisby’s Postulate of Bad Shots. And Stuff. Dave Naisby is one of the members of my country club, and he explained his theory to me the last time we played together. He’s Scottish, so you have read the next sentence with that wicked cool Scottish accent.

“Bad shots are neither created nor destroyed. They merely rotate in a random manner from one hole to the next.”

It’s the most succinct explanation of the vicissitudes of golf that I have ever heard in my life. Based on the way I’ve been playing, I’m pretty sure I’ve proven Dave’s theory multiple times, and it can now be classified as a Law.

* * * *

Another reason for decreasing my time spent on the golf course is pure psychology. I have previously described golf as a fickle mistress. One day she’s all happy to see you and treats you really nice. The next time she doesn’t have time for you and slams the door in your face. I figure if I start treating Miss Golf like I’m not interested in her anymore, she might start being nicer to me when we get together.

That ought to to do the trick, eh.

* * * *

The final reason I didn’t golf today was the weather. I know I said it was a beautiful day here, but yesterday Tropical Storm Dolores hit the western coast of Mexico, and we’ve gotten about four inches of rain in the last twenty-four hours. It was extremely soggy here this morning, and I thought it would get even soggier. But the prevailing winds must have blown the remnants of Dolores off to the north of the Lakeside Area, and it turned out to be a really gorgeous day.

The Chinese Mountains to the west of the resort will green up and look like heads of broccoli in a few days. The temperatures will moderate and cool off a bit. The dust and pollen have been erased from the sky and you can actually see the other side of Lake Chapala clearly for the first time in months.

See? I told you it was beautiful here

I love the beginning of the Rainy Season. Everything feels fresh and clean. It’s like unto a second Spring. And I won’t have to spend several hours a day watering the dozen or so gardens we’ve resurrected after subduing the Royal and Ancient Hedgerow from Hell. With all of my free time I’ll be able to keep the lawn mowed and trimmed, and make sure that the current hedgerow remembers the limitations its boundaries.

And I might feel like writing more often. We’ll have to see how that goes, too.

The only negative thing about the beginning of the Rainy Season is the bugs. June bugs. Flying Buffalo Ants. The Other Flying Ants. Mosquitoes. Giant motheses. They all appear at this time of year. In hordes. Lea absolutely hates the bug invasion. I have to admit it is kind of creepy.

The only good thing about it is it’s brief. And it does provide a veritable smorgasbord for all of the birds that live around here.

* * * *

It’s been awhile since I wrote anything in my blog about my mostly boring life. I’ve actually been too busy to write. And I’m not making that up. We had a few visitors here at the resort in May. Lea’s sister, Leslie, and her husband, Bill, flew down from southern Minnesota, and spent a week with us taking in the sights and the some of the food here in the scenic Lakeside Area.

I was mildly surprised that Les and Bill made the trek down here. Neither of them is in great health, and they both have varying degrees of mobility issues. I hope they come back soon, and often. They said they would. They’re both sweet people and you’ve already had a sample of Bill’s sense of humor. He makes me laugh.

* * * *

Here’s another hypothetical situation for your consideration: Leslie is eight years older than Lea, and Bill is two years older than Leslie. That part isn’t hypothetical. That’s actually true. Bill leaves Philadelphia in a train traveling west at 65 miles an hour. Leslie leaves Chicago in her smart car traveling east at 45 miles an hour. How many tropical fruits can a Bananasarus Rex eat before Leslie will have to stop to the use the restroom for the first time?

* * * *

Lea and I both took short trips back up to the States in May. Lea said she needed to do some shopping, so she flew to Austin, TX and spent a week with her daughter, Gwen. I suggested that she get the J&J COVID vaccine while she was there because I didn’t have any faith in the Chinese vaccine we had received here. No one — not even the Mexican government — knew when the second injection would be available. And neither of us wanted to spend another ten and a half hours waiting to get it.

* * * *

I thought that little piece of paper stating you had been vaccinated would end up being far more important than it has turned out to be, didn’t you? I’m disappointed that no one has asked to see it. If I wanted to return to the States, that piece of paper is worthless. I’d have to go get another swab shoved up my sinuses to get another piece of paper that says I tested negative for COVID.

That doesn’t make any sense to me.

* * * *

When Lea returned to Mexico, I flew up to Austin to get vaccinated. And that’s the only thing I did while I was there. I flew up on a Sunday. Got the J&J vaccine on Monday. And flew back to Mexico on Tuesday. When I returned, Gwen flew down with me. She spent a couple of weeks hanging out at the resort, and we played several rounds of golf before she flew home.

Gwen is not a good golfer either, but she has demonstrated moments of being just about the luckiest golfer I’ve ever played with. Sooner or later the golf gods are going to notice that. They always do.

* * * *

Future Shock is a book by the American author, Alvin Toffler. It was published in 1970, and I remember reading it in high school. I can’t remember if it was a reading assignment for one of my classes, or if I read it because I liked to read back then. One thing I do remember is it was one of least enjoyable books I ever read. It didn’t have a happy ending.

In the dictionary, shock is defined as a sudden upsetting or surprising event or experience.

In the medical field, shock is an acute medical condition associated with a fall in blood pressure caused by blood loss, severe burns, bacterial infection, allergic reaction, or sudden emotional stress marked by cold, pallid skin, irregular breathing, rapid pulse, and dilated pupils.

In the book, future shock is a psychological state created by “…too much change in too short a period of time”.

In that regard, all of the events of the last year have unquestionably met that criterion. This profound physiological state — that’s how I’m going to describe this flashflood of multiple noxious stressors — can be experienced by individuals, a group of individuals, and even entire societies.

* * * *

In the dictionary, stress is defined as a feeling of emotional or physical tension. It can be caused by almost anything, depending on the person and their perceptions. Something that one person experiences without stress can produce a goddamn pants-wetting panic attack in someone else.

A Perhaps Little Known Fact About Stress: Stress is not necessarily a bad thing. For instance, stress can help you face difficult challenges and achieve your goals. The right amount of stress can help you accomplish daily tasks more efficiently. That’s right. Stress can actually make you elevate your game.

Stress can also serve as a sort of early warning system, producing the fight-or-flight response. When the brain perceives a possible crisis situation, it starts flooding the body with epinephrine, norepinephrine, and cortisol. These hormones focus your senses, enabling you to quickly react and avoid potentially dangerous situations. Stress can actually save your life.

It’s only when you’re overwhelmed with stress that it becomes detrimental.

* * * *

The term future shock seems to be incongruous to me. It’s not the future that shocks us. It’s the present set of particularly nasty circumstances that make us wonder whether or not we will even have a future. And that’s where the shocking part comes into play as far as I’m concerned.

According to Toffler, all of this shock and awe about the present/future has been caused by industrialization. Just in cases you were wondering, the first Industrial Revolution started roughly in the mid-1700’s. All we have done since then is streamline the process to the point that it now has a super-charged Hemi engine complete with a couple of twin turbos.

In Toffler’s opinion, we created a monster that has become an out-of-control juggernaut. The genie has been let out of the bottle and there’s no way to get it back in there again. All we can do now is hope we can keep pace with it or we will surely be crushed to death if we don’t.

When I look at the situation in this way, the pandemic appears to be more of a blessing than a curse. It forced us to slow the fuck down, son. It gave us the opportunity to catch our collective breath and reassess almost everything we had been doing.

We have been an industrialized society for almost three hundred years. There’s no way we are going undo that process. Even if we all wanted to do that, I’m not sure it would be the smartest thing we could do. I absolutely love the fact that I have access to an ocean of information at my fingertips, even if I’m not interested in 97% of it.

It took a little over two hundred years before Toffler came up with a name for the menace we had created, even if it’s a stupid name. And we’ve spent some of the last one hundred years trying to figure what we could do about it.

In recent years, a paradigm shift has occurred. The dark future that Toffler was convinced would occur is by no means etched in stone. He may not have been able to see a path that would change his outcome, but that doesn’t mean other people couldn’t. Individuals, groups of individuals, entire societies, and most importantly, corporations have started making a conscious effort to to raise the bar of ethical standards in everything from agriculture to zoology. And that includes pretty much everything in-between.

These are very good things. These are the things that enable me to keep hoping for a better tomorrow. And if enough of us can keep this up, we might not end up destroying ourselves in the process of improving our lives.

To be sure, we still have a lots of work to do. And we have long way to go before we sit back and try to believe that we’ve done enough to correct the error of our ways. But we are doing something. And that’s the most important thing.

It’s All in the Wrist

I’ve heard it said that growing old is a privilege because it’s something that is denied to many. Yeah, that’s probably true, so I don’t have an issue with that.

But it probably isn’t true about being old. Being old appears to be more of a pain than it is a privilege. And I mean that in the most literal sense that I can.

* * * *

I think it was last week that I finally realized that my blog has become an on-line diary of my incredibly bucolic and mostly boring life. I’m not a smart man, but even I know that. It mostly surprises me that it took me so long to figure it out.

I’m starting to remind myself of our 1997 Chevy S-10 Blazer. We had it for 11 years, and it’s my favorite vehicle of all time. It was a deep metallic maroon color. It had running boards and heated seats. And it had four-wheel drive. Because of the length of time we had it, and possibly because of the way we utilized it — we took it down the most spurious roads we could find on the North Shore of Lake Superior– the Blazer required far more serious maintenance than all of the other cars we’ve had in the last 33 years combined.

I’m pretty sure I ended up replacing every mechanical apparatus on it except the engine and the transmission. And I upgraded the sound system at least once. Lea eventually got tired of all the upkeep on it and more or less demanded that I get rid of it.

* * * *

It’s all in the wrist is a phrase typically used to indicate a certain level of skill or mastery at something where the hands are involved somehow. It’s a reference to the deft skill required to successfully perform certain activities. It’s mostly a sports reference.

Toss a ball in the hoop with nothing but net. Sink a long putt in golf. Throw a Frisbee. Throwing a perfect spiral with a football. Casting a line or better yet — fly fishing — you got it. It is all in the wrist. That’s the latest part of my body that has been malfunctioning for the last month. And I’ll apologize in advance for putting you through this yet again

* * * *

The weird part is I couldn’t think of anything I had done to injure my wrist. The only thing I did on the day it started hurting was wait in line for my first COVID-19 vaccine injection. It took ten and one-half hours. You wouldn’t think that any mishap could befall you by doing essentially nothing except play on your phone while you wait seemingly forever for the process to run its course, but that’s what I was doing on St. Patrick’s Day this year. And that’s the only reason why I remember that date.

* * * *

Why am I here? That’s a question I have asked myself countless times in my lifetime. Not necessarily in any spiritual or existential sense. It’s more like unto Why did I come into the kitchen? I was in the bedroom, and I know I came in here for a reason… I just can’t remember why anymore…

I can’t even say that this is something new. I did it thirty years ago, too. The only difference is the number of stairs I have to climb before I forget why went up them in the first place. Here, it’s only one. In Minnesota, it was a flight of stairs that led up from the basement. And it usually took three trips up and down the stairs before I could remember what I was trying to accomplish.

If anything, you’d think that my ability to concentrate would actually improve…

* * * *

If you’ve read any of my previous posts about my adventures with the aging process, you know that the first thing I do when something like unto this happens to me is diagnosis my ailment. I have described this as the process of ruling shit out until you can’t rule something out anymore. Because I am both a guy and a nurse, I tend to pick the worst outcome I can think of, then work my way back to sanity from there.

So, yes, we can eliminate getting stabbed by knives and being attacked by wolverines. Some of you might possibly be thinking, You know, a much more common wrist malady is Carpal Tunnel Syndrome… And that’s what I’ve come to believe it is, too.

* * * *

Carpal Tunnel Syndrome is a condition that causes numbness, tingling, or weakness in your hand, or a combination of any/all of the above. And a ridiculous amount of pain in your wrist. It’s my right wrist, and I am right-handed. It has changed almost everything about my life, so much so that I’ve contemplated coming out as Left-handed and trying out that lifestyle for awhile. I’ve even stopped playing golf because I don’t want to have start wearing Depends®.

CTS is caused by too much pressure on your median nerve. It runs the length of your arm, goes through a passage in your wrist called the carpal tunnel, hence the name, and ends in your hand. The median nerve controls the movement and feeling of your thumb and the movement of all your fingers, except your little pinky.

The main cause of CTS is chronic, repetitive motion — like typing, or any wrist movements that you do over and over when your hands are lower than your wrists, like, playing with your mobile device while you wait in line for ten and a half hours straight without a break.

Studies have shown that the incidence of CTS exploded with the emergence of the Computer Age for one simple reason. Not everyone used a typewriter before the age of computerization. Then, pretty much just like that! Everyone was using a keyboard to conduct business, for personal use, and entertainment. Up to five percent pf the world population is currently effected by CTS with varying levels of severity.

I have broken bones, sprained both of my ankles, pulled muscles, damaged my right knee three times, and partially separated my left shoulder. Those things hurt. But there is nothing that compares to the sheer motherfucking agony of putting too much pressure on one little nerve for an extended period of time.

It takes your breath away. It consumes all of your attention, so don’t get any stupid ideas about going into another room for anything. You could get lost for hours. You might end up as a Silver Alert, and that would just be embarrassing when the search party finds you in the bedroom staring at the ceiling…

* * * *

Being a nurse probably caused my CTS. At the very least, it played a significant part in my developing it. I’ve had CTS symptoms on and off for the last twenty years. My decision to try to become a rich and famous author certainly didn’t help any. And writing my blog is probably the stupidest thing I could do right now.

See? I told you I wasn’t smart.

I have a wrist splint that I have sometimes worn when I go to bed ever since the late 1990’s. I only use them whenever my right wrist greatly pains me. Historically, it has happened in streaks, then has disappeared for sometimes extended periods of time. I wouldn’t have described my symptoms as severe, until this last flareup. At least, that’s how I remember it.

I don’t think my CTS was progressively getting worse. This was more of an unanticipated blitzkrieg of pain. From hell. This was, hands down, the worst recurrence of it ever for me, and I’m hoping that it will go away again and go bother someone else for awhile. That’s probably how that phenomenon works, too.

The treatment of CTS is simple. Rest — stop doing the stuff that caused the flare up, Wrist splinting. A splint that holds your wrist still while you sleep can help relieve nighttime symptoms of tingling and numbness. And NSAIDS, drugs like Motrin® and Aleve®. And if those don’t work, you’ll probably need surgery.

* * * *

I’m not a huge fan of surgical interventions for anything, especially when there are so many non-surgical options available, so I’ve been doing all of the preventative measures mentioned above, plus, stretching exercises to try to pop my wrist into non-pain producing positions My caddy taught me how to do them. And I bought a new splint because I figured splint technology has probably changed a little in the last two decades.

My right wrist is mostly better now. Except for the low-grade ache that never really goes away, and sometimes hurts like unto two hells whenever I try to do something manly, like, open a jar of pickles. And the tingly sensation that sometimes extends from my elbow to my fingertips. And the fact that my fine motor skills are sometimes greatly diminished. My only fear is this flare up has lasted longer than any of the others. I’m not sure it’s going to bounce back all the way this time.

All of these things are more annoying than they are anything else most of the time, and I am more than accustomed to dealing with stuff like unto that on a daily basis. There are several parts of my body that are working at 80% of the capacity they had only ten years ago. As much as it sucks sometimes, getting older still beats the hell out of the alternative. It just seems to be the price most of us have to pay for staying alive.

* * * *

I want to jump back to the ten and a half hour wait that Lea, my lovely supermodel wife, Phyllis, my golf wife, and I had to endure for our first COVID-19 vaccine. It’s probably the most exciting thing I’ve done all year.

Obviously, it wasn’t well-organized. If it was publicly advertised, I didn’t see or hear about it. Almost everyone we talked to while we waited, and waited, and waited some more — had heard about from word of mouth — like us. Or they read about it on Facebook.

It was held in the little village of Ajijic — in the park down by the malecón, and it was a first come-first serve administration of all the vials that happened to make it into town on that particular day. It was sponsored by the Mexican government, and was free of charge to anyone in the country. All you had to do was produce three pieces of mandatory paperwork at the time the vaccine was being dispensed.

One of these pieces of paper was a form you actually had to fill out on-line to register for the program, then print out that form and bring to the administration site. Yes, you’re absolutely correct. You would think that once you registered on-line that would’ve done the trick. It probably would’ve worked in any other country on the planet. The other two pieces of paper contained essentially the same information as the on-line form. Failure to have the three correct pieces of paper meant that you could not receive the shot, no matter how long you had waited.

Lea said she filled out her online in form about ten minutes. It took me more than half an hour to even sign into the goddamn website. Phyllis was easily as challenged as I was by the process, and at the end she couldn’t get the form to print. Phyllis emailed all her information to Lea, and even she couldn’t get it to print. Fortunately, Phyllis had brought along almost every piece of legal paper she has collected in her time here. A government official somewhere in the vicinity of the park okayed a different piece of paper as an acceptable alternative, and she was allowed to receive the vaccine.

I’m going to guess that Phyllis wasn’t the only one who wasn’t able to print the registration form.

* * * *

It is a well-known fact of modern life that all bureaucracies run on paperwork. But the Mexican bureaucracy appears to worship paperwork. Getting a legal document down here can be one of the most frustrating processes you will ever experience. Every document has to drawn up by a notario. They’re like unto attorneys down here, only more important. All legal documents are written in a highly specialized form of Mexican-Spanish that is so stylized it’s almost incomprehensible, and the entire thing must be correct down to the punctuation. If there are any errors, the entire document must be completely re-written and that process can take months. And months…

That’s why notarios are so important. They make sure every i is dotted, every t is crossed, and every comma and period are all in the right places at the right times.

And there isn’t much logic when it comes to what is deemed to be the correct pieces of paper to have in any given situation. There are a few forms you always seem to need, but after that it is anyone’s guess.

You have to fill out reams of paperwork to get a Mexican driver’s license — which has your name, your address, a picture of you — and a shitload of other information that the Mexican government generates — but it cannot be used to prove who you are, where you live, or any of the other numbers and codes that the government provided to you, and only you.

A driver’s license is just that. Something that allows you to get behind the wheel of a motorized vehicle and do pretty much whatever you want when you’re on the roads down here. And that is all.

A rental agreement, something that is written in that very specific Mexican-Spanish jargon of inestimable profundity, cannot be used to provide proof of residency. You need something much more vital. A utility bill for telephone or internet service. Or you need a bank statement.

Evidently, commercial billing is far more of a reliable source of information to the government than anything the government actually produces.

* * * *

At the end of our ten hour wait to get our injection, there was another half-hour process where dozens of high school volunteers filled out one more piece of paper that verified all of the information we had already provided to get the shot, and they also wrote down telephone numbers and email addresses. I asked if anyone was actually going to contact me so I could get my second shot of the vaccine. Everyone that heard my question laughed. Even the people taking down all of our information.

Brie Larson Laughing GIF by Room - Find & Share on GIPHY

* * * *

Yes. Three weeks later we had to go back down into the little village of Ajijic, in the park by the malecón again and wait in line once more, but this time for only two and a half hours. We had to have the three all-important pieces of paperwork with essentially all the same information again so we could to receive the piece of paper that had been filled out for us, but not given to us, after we received our first shot. You know, the one with all of the same information on it one more time, plus our telephone numbers and email addresses that no one needed because no one contacted us. We heard we had to go get this piece of paper by word of mouth, again.

This is just a guess, but I figure we’re going to need four pieces of paper to qualify to get the second COVID -19 vaccination, whenever that might be. Phyllis will probably hear about first, and then she’ll let us know once more.

* * * *

I have serious doubts about how effective this global vaccination program is going to be in the long run. I’ve read reports about people who have received the vaccine coming down with COVID. I even saw one report about a woman that survived the illness, got the vaccine, then came down with the ‘Rona again. I guess the good news is she’s still alive, but this disease doesn’t seem to play by the rules, and that’s a serious cause for concern.

The Mexican government bought all their vaccines from China. By all accounts I’ve seen, this vaccine is the least effective of all the vaccines that are currently being employed against the pandemic. I may have wasted half a day of my life for a vaccine that might not do anything against the disease it’s supposed to prevent. I had lab work done about two weeks after I received the vaccine. One of tests I had done was a COVID antibody titer test.

It came back negative.

I have no idea if I have any COVID antibodies in my system even though I may have had COVID when we went to Mexico City in December of 2019, and I most definitely received the vaccine in March of this year. The world has changed. There isn’t as much certainty as there was before the pandemic. There aren’t as many answers as there used to be. And many of the answers we have right now are I don’t know. We’ll have to see. Maybe…

* * * *

The world has been in the closest thing to a total shutdown that it could achieve for the last year. People have quarantined, worn PPE, and social distanced during that entire time. Pandemic fatigue started occurring about ten minutes after the lockdowns started, and it has continued to fester away ever since. It has been boiling over for awhile, but now it’s starting to reach a fever pitch almost everywhere on the planet

I watched a news story this morning about revenge travel. It’s a visceral reaction to not being able to travel anywhere. With the gradual relaxation of travel restrictions, people are starting to hit the road and airways to any place they can. They don’t even care where they’re going. It just has to a be a destination that isn’t the fuckin’ couch in the fucking living room.

It’s possible that this is going to be the most dangerous stage of the pandemic. Only time will tell. We’ll know soon whether or not all of the things we have done as a global society will be enough to stop the spread and continuation of the Coronavirus pandemic.

The Big Question is, have we done enough?

* * * *

I remember the first time I had to administer an injection as a nursing student. My patient was an elderly nun. If I screwed this up, I’d probably get kicked out of nursing school, and I would surely go straight to Hell for torturing Mother Teresa. I’m pretty sure my hands were shaking as I drew up the medication. I told my instructor how nervous I was, and she reassured me that I was going to be fine.

“Take a deep breath. Relax. Giving a shot is easy. Pretend you’re throwing a dart. It’s all in the wrist.”

I did all of those things, except the imaginary dart I threw probably would have traveled halfway to the moon. I felt the tip of the need hit the periosteum of her femur. That had to hurt like unto three hells. It was the worst shot I would ever administer in my life. And it was probably the worst injection Mother Teresa ever received in hers.

And she didn’t say a word.

My next injection went much better. By the time I gave my third injection it was like I had done it hundreds of times. It no longer produced the adrenaline rush that it did the first time. And I had gotten past the idea that I was intentionally inflicting pain on another human, even if I was doing it for a good cause.

* * * *

There comes a time in everyone’s life when you cease to be a highly-skilled participant and transition into being a once-great-but-now-mostly-forgotten spectator. For me, that transition started on the day that I retired. Four and a half years later, I had assumed that almost everyone I used to work with had forgotten all about me.

Yesterday, something I wasn’t expecting happened. I received a message from a nurse had I worked with at the last hospital I worked. She had just started a new job a new hospital — the second hospital I worked at in Phoenix. I worked on a Gero/Psych Unit there. All of the nurses on the unit knew how to handle the myriad of medical issues their patients brought to the hospital with them, but they had no idea how to address the psychiatric issues their patients had been admitted for. I taught my Med/Surg nurses how to think like Psych nurses.

Lynn said the staff there still talked about me all the time, and what a great mentor I had been to them. She ended her message saying, Thank you for the difference you have made in all our lives!!!

No. Thank you, Lynn. And Julia. And Al. And Liligene. And all of the rest of the staff on the SAGE Unit at Del E. Webb Medical Center.

You see? Being a psych nurse is easy. All you have to do relax. And find a way to make your patients laugh. It’s the most important therapy you will give them.

It’s all in the wrist.

Meanwhile, Back at the Ranch

Almost fifty years ago, I started writing my first novel. I was living in an apartment in Little Falls, MN at the time. I don’t think it had a title. I had no idea what I wanted to write about. I didn’t even own a typewriter. My novel consisted of a bunch of notes I had scribbled down on a yellow legal pad. Probably when I was drunk.

I don’t think any of the notes I had scribbled down actually looked like a novel. It was mostly ideas I was contemplating trying to turn into a novel. I had a few of the chapter titles written down in my notes. You know, like, I had an outline or something. The only thing I’m sure of is the title of this post was the title of one of the chapters of one of the books I never wrote.

* * * *

In one of my previous posts I mentioned that I suffer from Involuntary Musical Imagery, otherwise known as an earworm. Usually, it’s just annoying. But for the last month or so it has been almost intolerable because the song that was stuck in my head was Coward of the County by Kenny Rogers.

I know, right!

The song was bad enough when it was released in 1979, having to hear it 20 times a day or more on the radio. There are no words for the torture that it was having to hear it for all of your waking hours for 30 days in a row. or more. I’m just relieved that it somehow got kicked out of my mental playlist. Finally.

* * * *

Hey. How’s it going? I hope you’re all surviving the seemingly never-ending saga of the Coronavirus pandemic. I don’t think it’s even been one whole year since this thing started. And yet, it somehow feels like it’s been going on for most of my life. And I am old.

I don’t think I know anyone that has died to death from COVID-19. Several of my friends have had it, and they have all survived. However, several of my friends have lost friends or family members to the Coronavirus. I’ve been extremely fortunate so far. I hope my luck holds out for a very long time to come.

Up in the States, most of my friends have received one of several types of vaccines that are now available. Most of them have posted pictures on social media with their official documentation, which is something we’re all going to need in the future if we ever want to travel to another country, or possibly, even leave the house.

I don’t think any of the vaccines are available here in the Lakeside Area. My doctor thinks they might arrive here by June or July. Or maybe next year. This is Mexico. Time is very relative here. And there’s this: Many of the people that live here are gringos from different countries. Canadia. The US. England. New Zealand. South Dakota…

I’m not sure we’re a huge priority to the Mexican Government.

Up until he contracted COVID-19, the Mexican President didn’t believe the pandemic was real. I’m not sure how much his experience has changed him. Andrés Manuel López Obrador has been a bit a of an enigma while he’s been in office. He’s turned out to be a disappointment to almost everyone that voted for him.

Much like unto the former President of the United States, AMLO didn’t do much of anything to stop the spread of the Coronavirus in Mexico. He left that up to the governors of the 31 states. The governor of Jalisco, Enrique Alfaro Ramírez, has been very proactive in trying to keep the people he represents safe and healthy. and alive. And that hasn’t been an easy accomplishment.

Not because the people of Mexico haven’t complied with most of the preventative measures that we’ve all experienced. No one down here has protested about alleged infringements on their rights or freedoms. It’s the whole family thing.

Family ties are huge down here. Ask any Hispanic person you happen to see and they will tell you that family means everything to them. Families here get together as often as they can to celebrate anything and everything. Or nothing.

Hey, man. The ‘Rona might kill me, but if I don’t go to my abuela’s birthday party– She’s gonna be 95 this weekend! — I’m a fuckin’ dead man for sure! At the very least she’ll slap me silly with her chanclas.

And that’s not an exaggeration. Not going to a family gathering can have serious repercussions. So now you have a better idea of the situation down here.

Governor Alfaro has ordered at least three major lockdowns in the last year, and I don’t know how many minor shutdowns. His latest directive will remain in effect until December 15th — pretty much the rest of the year. I think he just got tired of having to re-issue statements every other week.

* * * *

Despite the fact that there isn’t much to do here because there just aren’t many things to do not only here, but pretty much everywhere right now — we’ve been keeping busy here at the Chula Vista Resort and Spa. Retirement has turned out to be a helluvalot more work than I ever imagined. That probably wouldn’t be true if we weren’t the Stewards of the Realm at the Chula Vista Resort and Spa.

We’ve spent a lots of time and money improving a place that doesn’t belong to us, and more than likely, never will. Those things weren’t part of our rental agreement — we aren’t obligated to do any of them. I’ve written about all of them in previous posts, so I don’t think I’m going to list them all again. But the longest and most expensive endeavor we’ve taken on has been renovating the yard and all of the gardens.

* * * *

Every living thing goes through various stages of development in its lifetime. According to a guy named Erik Erikson, humans have eight distinct stages. I know I had to memorize them when I was in nursing school. And then I forgot almost everything about them because once you get out of nursing school, no one is ever going to ask you about them again.

The one thing I do remember about them is they all had kooky-sounding names — like, your biggest challenge in each stage was not to kill yourself, or everyone else you meet. Trust vs. Mistrust. Autonomy vs. Shame & Doubt. Initiative vs. Guilt.

See? I told you.

According to Mr. Erikson, the stage of development I’m currently in is Integrity vs. Despair. Whatever. I see it more as a setting in of the Three G’s. In alphabetical order: Gardening, Getting Older, and Golf.

* * * *

Lea and I both prefer things to look neat and orderly. And so does Todd for that matter. Todd is our roommate. He moved here from Idaho about a year and a half ago, and took up residence in one of our guest rooms. He’s Lea’s oldest friend, and he’s become my closest male friend and golf partner.

That whole neat and orderly thing: that was probably the greatest impetus in our decision to improve the appearance of pretty much everything in the yards. That’s why we decided to have the pool repainted. And to annihilate the Royal and Ancient Hedgerow, and all of the other vines and vegetation that hadn’t been trimmed or manicured in the last forty years. All of those things started way back in the middle of last October.

I’m sure the lockdowns and shutdowns and restrictions from the Coronavirus had something to do with our decision There wasn’t much of anything else to do, and we had been here long enough that looking at the overgrown hedges and shit really started bothering us.

Lea and I have improved every house that we’ve lived in for an extended period of time, whether we owned them or not. It’s become kind of a habit for us.

* * * *

The pool had been bothering us for awhile. It wasn’t on good shape when we moved in. Additional time, and continued use, didn’t do anything to improve its appearance. So we made a deal with Lord Mark, our landlord. He would pay for the prep work, paint, and any miscellaneous supplies. And we would hire a painter to paint the pool.

We drained the pool and let it dry out for three months. In January we had all of the pool surfaces prepped by Tacho, and Lea and I pressured washed every inch to get it ready for paint. Francisco Flores Bernini, my friend, caddy, and the guy who has painted almost the entire inside of our house, painted the pool a deep, dark blue. Jaime Mendoza, our property manager, had 40,000 gallons of water delivered in two huge trucks.

I have to say it turned out better than I thought it would. If we ever have any visitors here, I think they’ll love it, too. It’s the jewel in the crown of the resort once more. Or it will be once we get the solar heating system working again.

The solar heater is on the roof of the master bedroom, and it is a Mexican technological wonder. It’s so complicated even other Mexicans haven’t been able to understand it. We’ve had a few guys come over to look at it to repair it, and they all say it just needs to be replaced.

We’re going to start that process this week, according to Jaime. We’ll see how that goes. There’s more than one person involved in finding a solution to this problem. It might take awhile to get them all together over here. Personally, I think we’ll end up with a new heating system eventually, simply because that’s what everyone has been saying we’re going to need. But this is Mexico. When it comes to stuff like unto this, nothing is ever as straightforward as it seems.

* * * *

When I was a kid, I spent almost every summer working in the fields on my grandparent’s farm by day, and was preyed upon by my pedophile uncle by night. As a result, I had no interest in becoming a farmer when I grew up. And yet, as an adult, I have done far more gardening than I ever thought I would. And that is all because of my lovely supermodel wife.

Lea loves gardens, but she doesn’t want to do any gardening. That’s where I come in. And the Five Languages of Love. I’m a guy. So you can believe me when I say I had no idea there were any love languages.

* * * *

This couple gets married. On their honeymoon night the guy looks at his beautiful bride and says, “Hey Mrs. Stevenson, you wanna retire into the bedroom and let me fuck your brains out?”

“That is just so rude!” his wife snaps. “I knew I wasn’t marrying a Casanova or anything, but couldn’t you at least try to be polite about it?” The guy thinks about for a minute, runs his hand through his hair and decides to try again.

“You’re right, honey. I apologize, and I’m really sorry I said that. Now, could you please pass the pussy?”

* * * *

Lea’s favorite love language is Acts of Service. In my case, that ended up translating into Build me a garden. Or in Lea’s case, a lots of gardens. I constructed at least three gardens for her in Minnesota. In Arizona I transformed our backyard into a desert oasis. Okay, I didn’t do anything except sign the check in that instance. But the results were worth it.

Here at the resort, the gardens had been completely swallowed by the Royal and Ancient Hedgerow and all of the untrimmed vines that covered the fence in the backyard. All Todd and I had to do was find them again. And I should add that Lea played her part in hedgerow annihilation, too.

Lea doesn’t like digging in the dirt because it ruins her manicures. If I spent any money on taking care of my fingernails, I probably wouldn’t want to do anything to fuck them up either. Oddly enough, Lea actually enjoys trimming shrubs and vines. It’s that whole neat and orderly thing again.

* * * *

All of the things I’ve already mentioned are true, but there’s one more reason why I decided to tackle the daunting project of hedge demolition and yard improvement. I really suck at sitting on my ass all day listening to the TV. Yeah, it kind of surprised me to discover this, too.

Lea says she’s not surprised. She apparently understands me better than I do. We have been married to each other for over three decades, so her comprehension of me isn’t all that surprising. I’m pretty sure I understand her better than she understands herself, too.

Speaking of TV, I’ve been able to get our streaming devices to actually work on a consistently reliable basis. So we’ve actually been watching a couple of series: The Crown, and The Mandalorian.

I’ve found that I actually like the young Queen Elizabeth II. And I detest pretty much everyone else in her family, the fucking royal sissifated sniffle-snaffles that they are.

The Mandalorian guy reminds me of The Rifleman. It was a TV western way back when I was kid. They were big back then, and there were a lots of them to choose from. I really liked The Rifleman when I was a kid. I watched a rerun of it a few years ago on a quiet Saturday morning, and I changed the channel after five minutes. I thought The Rifleman was just about the stupidest fuckin’ show I had ever seen.

That’s pretty much what I think of The Mandalorian too. It’s very predictable. The dialog is mostly boring and repetitive — except Baby Yoda is so damn cute I put up with all the stupididity just for him. I’ve watched five or six episodes. I’m still waiting for the Baby Yoda kid to say something. I don’t know if he ever speaks, but I’m hoping like hell that he does. And soon.

* * * *

Earlier in this post I said that restoring the gardens was expensive, and you night think that I spent a bunch of money buying plants to put in the gardens. That would be incorrect. I’ve probably spent less than two hundred bucks on new plants.

The expense was hiring someone to haul off all the shit we chopped down.

A guy named Guillermo was driving by the resort in his beat-up pickup when he saw Todd dragging a bunch of branches out to the curb to be picked up by the local garbagemen. He asked if we would be willing to pay him to do it.

Our garbage guys can haul off only a very limited amount of branches and stuff at one time, and everyone in our development always has a bunch of yard debris that they need to get rid of. If we had waited for them to perform this task for us, we would still have a mountain of debris to get rid of, and we started almost five months ago. For the very reasonable fee of $25 bucks a truckload, Guillermo hauled away about 20 truckloads of branches and vines and shit whenever we needed him.

It ended up being a good deal for all of us. Guillermo couldn’t find any work because of COVID-19, so we were an absolute godsend to him when he was desperately looking for a way to make some money. And we were able to demolish stuff at a much faster rate because we weren’t limited by the local garbage collection limitations.

* * * *

With the debris removed, we could focus on making the yard and gardens all pretty and cutey once more. We took the hedgerow out in sections, therefore, we also reconstructed the gardens in sections. With that in mind, we now have gardens that are very well established on one hand, to gardens that are just beginning to sprout flowers. If that pattern continues to repeat itself, there will always be one part of the gardens in bloom, no matter what time of the year it is. There isn’t really a winter season here. It’s more like unto varying degrees of summer all the time.

Now you understand why I think this place is a paradise.

We’ve been pleasantly surprised by the flowers that started growing once they could see the light of day once more, and that was what convinced us that our resort used to have gardens at one time, long ago in the past.

Morning glories, brown-eyed susans, amaryllis, dahlias, and lantana have sprung to life, adding pops of color along the south side of the house. Lilies and geraniums started growing around the bougainvillea and the monster poinsettia tree. At least seven varieties of vines are climbing the stone walls and fences that enclose our grounds. And we uncovered a mango tree, a papaya tree, and an avocado tree.

Unfortunately, flowers aren’t the only things that have sprouted up in the once-forsaken gardens. We also have a very impressive crop of weeds growing, too. This is where the helluvalot of work started coming into play for me. And Todd. And it involves the two W’s of the first G of my version of this stage of my development in life.

Watering and Weeding.

* * * *

To the best of my knowledge, there’s no such thing as a garden that doesn’t require any maintenance. If there is, I sure as hell didn’t plant it here. We used to have a gardener — well, he was more of a yard maintenance guy than he was a gardener — and that was our main reason for letting him go. He was one big reason the Royal and Ancient Hedgerow had grown to such outrageous proportions.

Miguel is no longer our gardener, but we did hire him to maintain the pool. He’s probably the only person on the planet that knows how the enigmatic plumbing for the pool works. Just in cases you were wondering, he likes what we’ve done with the gardens.

According to a reliable source that I can no longer remember, the one thing that all plants need to live is water. That makes sense to me, so I’m not going to research it any further. It’s the Dry Season down here right now. It won’t rain in any appreciable amounts until the middle of June. The gardens we decided to uncover need to be watered on pretty much a daily basis. At the very least, every two days.

Yep, I’m going to be busy for awhile.

Todd tends to set up sprinklers to water any part of the yard or gardens that he takes care of. I’m a bit more hands-on. I bought a shitload of hoses and wands and nozzles with a variety of settings and strengths, and I more or less water everything by hand. It takes me a few hours every day to make the rounds to all of the gardens. It’s one of the reasons why it’s taken me so long to write this post. I think I’ve been working on it for at least a month. Maybe two… I honestly can’t remember.

I like to see how my plants are doing. Are they looking okay? Do they need more water? Less water? More sunlight? What’s that fucking thing? Is that a new weed I’ve never seen before? Is it a flower? Maybe I’ll leave it there for awhile and see what it grows into… That’s kind of how I roll when I’m watering the gardens.

* * * *

Gardening is a fairly mindless enterprise for most people. There is nothing mindless for me. My mind is always running, and it hasn’t been my buddy for quite some time. I have to seriously counter the natural tendency of my mind to make me feel as bad about myself as it possibly can. It’s become more or less a full-time job lately.

Age has given me some perspective on my life. This is the second G of my version of this stage of my development in life. Being sober has given me an extended period of time of reasonably sane behavior. But the more I seem willing to embrace myself, warts and all, the more my mind seems to think it needs to step in and do something about that.

It’s probably still mad at me for quitting drinking…

We’ll work this out sooner or later. I’m smarter than my brain thinks I am, and I am way more patient than it is. One of these days it will realize that and leave me alone.

* * * *

A weed, by definition, is any plant that you don’t want growing in your yard or garden. And they are pretty much the bane of my existence right now. Mostly because weeds don’t come to you. You have to get down to their level to get rid of them. My back is no longer built for that kind of movement. And I’m sure this is true for more people than just me, but for every weed I remove, ten weeds seem appear out of the ground to take its place.

And I don’t know what is in the soil here, but it took a toll on my hands. After one week of weeding, the skin on my hands took on the texture of 90 grit sandpaper. Then my skin started to crack around the beds my fingernails. It surprises me how something so tiny and seemingly insignificant can hurt so goddamn much. I couldn’t have typed anything even if I had wanted to. I could barely hold a golf club without breaking into tears.

I’ve started wearing work gloves out of sheer self-preservation. And I’m applying lotion on a daily basis now. I think my hands will recover and return to their previous state of feeling like I’ve never done an honest days’ work with them.

* * * *

Most of the garden restoration was accomplished simply by relocating the plants we already had to different locations, which was another back-breaking exercise for me, and seeds. I love seeds because they’re inexpensive and I don’t have to bend over to get them onto the ground. I more or less throw them in the general direction of where I want them to grow, and add water.

I’ve kind of become the Marky Flower Seed of Mexico.

My helter-skelter approach to gardening drives Todd crazy. He’s much more scientific and methodical in his approach to. He tests the soil and makes his own compost. He grows a lots of plants in small pots, then replants them exactly where he wants them to be, in more or less specific numbers.

Last year I sowed a few hundred seeds and almost nothing grew. This year I sowed a few hundred thousand seeds, and almost all of them germinated. Yeah, I don’t get it either. It’s one of the mysteries of Life in Mexico. I may not understand why it happened, but I’m not going to lose any sleep over it. And I really don’t care what Todd thinks when it comes to my gardening techniques. I have created the gardens of ten thousand dreams here, and I am well pleased.

Marigolds, zinnias, sweet alyssum, and cosmos. Lavender, lupines, bachelor’s buttons, and daisies. Calendaria, dianthus, and carnations. Salvia, asters, delphiniums, and mums. Sunflowers, snapdragons. scarlet pimpernel, and foxglove. Ageratum, hollyhocks, nasturtiums, and sweet william.

We have a lots of garden space, therefore, we have ended up with a boatload of flowers to try to fill them all. Most of these I’ve grown from seeds or cuttings from monster-sized plants. And almost all of these plants produce more seeds. I may never have to buy another packet seeds for as long as I live, even if I live for another two decades. There’s no such thing as too many flowers. Or too many types of flowers.

The end result of our labors has been so dramatic that it’s hard to adequately describe. It’s like unto a caveman/hippie/beatnik guy that decided to cut his hair and join the human race. It opened up the outdoors and let the sun shine in. Now all we have to do is keep it trimmed and manicured until we die, and then it will become someone else’s problem.

For now, there are three of us on the job so it hasn’t become a major ordeal for anyone. But we all can see that it’s something we’re going to have to be very proactive about or we’ll end up another Hedgerow from Hell in no time flat.

* * * *

And that brings me to the third and final G of my version of this stage of my development in life. Golf. Prior to the onset of all the COVID-19 lockdowns and precautions and stuff, I was consistently scoring in the mid-80’s. I fixin’ to get ready to start to begin to break 80, and go onto the Professional Senior’s Tour.

And then one day, for no particular reason, pretty much almost everything about my golf game just fell apart, and it stayed there. I was scoring in the mid-90’s and golf became a whole lots less fun than it had ever been.

I’ve tried to remain philosophical and positive about sucking at golf once more. Everyone goes through a slump. You’ve just got to play through it until it gets bored and goes away to ruin someone else’s game. I’m pretty sure that’s how it works.

That’s how dieting works. For example, if you lose several pounds, they float around through the atmosphere until they run into someone else, and that person suddenly gains several pounds. I’ve lost 15 pounds since I retired. And I’d bet at least one person reading this has gained 15 pounds in the last four and half years.

I rest my case.

* * * *

And that’s about it from the Chula Vista Resort and Spa for now. We’re still accepting reservations, and we now offer special Friends and Family Rates that will be available for a limited time — like unto those TV ads for Dr. Ho’s Circulation Promoter and Pain Relief System.

Y’all take care of yourselves and stay safe out there. I’ve come to the conclusion that gardening is an apt metaphor for life. Plant a lots of seeds. Keep the weeds away. And water as needed.

When you look at that way, life isn’t away where near as complicated.

Where Do We Go From Here?

Where Do We Go from Here? is a song from the American rock band Chicago. It was on their second studio album, which was released in 1970. The song was written by Peter Cetera. He was the bass player, and one of the three primary vocalists in the band way back then.

Perhaps Somewhat Little Known Fact About Me: Chicago was one of my favorite bands in the 1970’s. I’ve seen them in concert at least three times, and I saw them twice before Terry Kath picked up a handgun he thought wasn’t loaded, pointed it at his head, and pulled the trigger. Unfortunately, the gun was loaded. Terry died to death instantly. That tragic event happened on January 23, 1978. He was 31 years old.

Just in cases you didn’t know, Terry Kath was Chicago’s lead guitarist and another one of their main vocalists. He was also one of the greatest guitarists that ever lived. That’s not just my opinion. Jimi Hendrix thought Terry was a better guitarist than he was, and Jimi is arguably the greatest guitarist that ever lived. Needless to say, Chicago was never the same without Terry., and they quickly dropped off my list of favorite bands after he got dead.

The title song of this post is about how life is short, and that if you look around, you can see that people need to embrace each other with love all the time, and not just when the morale of the United States was at an all-time low. Just in cases you don’t remember, America was going through a period of social upheaval 1970. There was a war going on Vietnam, which was becoming increasingly unpopular, and organized protests against the war had been gaining in popularity for a couple of years.

Fifty years later, the song is every bit as appropriate now as it was back then. It’s kind of a pretty song. You could check it out on the YouTube® if you don’t have anything better to do.

* * * *

Every day just gets a little shorter, don’t you think?
Take a look around you, and you’ll see just what I mean
People got to come together, not just out of fear

Where do we go
Where do we go
Where do we go from here?

* * * *

I don’t usually receive a whole lots of comments about anything I write in my blog, but I’ve received one comment last week that has made me do a whole lots of thinking:

Your blog was so much more enjoyable before it got political. I guess continuous idle time and less and less things to keep the mind busy in retirement does that (I see it all the time including my own parents). I used to really enjoy reading your commentary on life and really appreciate your witty writing style. I actually know who you are “in real life” and always thought you were so interesting (in a good way). Although I don’t talk to you or your family anymore, I was so happy to discover your blog because it was a joy to read. But as time went on, it’s become almost difficult to get through an entire post. After this one, I think I am done. You are so bitter now!

I didn’t see myself as bitter before I read this. And I didn’t see myself as bitter after I read it. I was more, like, you know, outraged. And enraged. But Shannon’s point about my political commentary is spot on. And as far as my blog goes, she wasn’t the only person that was over it.

So was I. I used to write because it was fun. It has been months since it felt that way. I have been seriously contemplating giving up on writing because I no longer enjoyed doing it. I’m keeping my options open for the time being. I need to find a way to make this fun again, or that the very least, a whole lots less odious and contemptible than it has been of late.

The political stuff was exhausting. I never felt comfortable in my role as a political commentator simply because it’s not an arena that I’ve ever spent any time trying to understand or master. You can ask around. I’m one of the least politically savvy people I know. And most of the people I’ve worked with would probably agree with me.

In retrospect, none us that got involved in the Trump Wars were paragons of restraint and decorum. The gloves came off early in that fight. And there was no referee. Given the circumstances and the polarized reactions, from both sides — all of the things that were said had to be given some form of outlet. They probably didn’t need to be repeated ad nauseum

The only way I appear to learn anything is from my mistakes. Sometimes it takes longer for me to realize what the lesson is than others. Even still…

So, I apologize to everyone for succumbing to tunnel vision and falling down a rabbit hole and everything that ensued afterwards. And for those of you that endured it and still continue to read my rambling thoughts, thank you for hanging in there with me.

* * * *

Try to find a better place, but soon it’s all the same
What once you thought was a paradise, is not just what it seemed
The more I look around I find, the more I have to fear, ooh

Where do we go
Where do we go
Where do we go from here?

* * * *

I have a feeling the first half of the new year is going to look and feel a whole lots like the old year. No, that doesn’t sound like it’s going to be much fun, does it. The global pandemic is still running amok across most of the world. The much-touted and highly anticipated vaccines have just started being rolled out. If we’re lucky, we might start making some headway against the virus that has changed so many aspects of our lives by June or July.

I don’t have a very good record of predicting the future, but I’m feeling pretty confident in this assessment.

I would totally do this if I had any hair…

To the best of my knowledge, this is the first global pandemic I’ve lived through. It’s possible that I’ve lived prior lives, so maybe I was alive during the Black Plague in the 14th Century. Or the Spanish Influenza outbreak at the beginning of the 20th Century. However, I don’t have any recollections of any of those lives, so any helpful hints I might have to offer are lost.

I’m not sure anything from Dark Ages would apply today, even if I could remember it. Well, maybe someone should write a nursery rhyme. Something to the tune of Ring Around the Rosie…

Quarantine and Lockdown

Don’t forget your facemask

Sanatize!

Don’t touch your eyes!

Just stay home!

* * * *

If humankind has proven anything about itself in the brief time that we’ve walked the earth it would be that we are resilient. We can adapt to pretty much anything. We’ll figure it out, take what we learn from this, apply it to pretty much everything we do. And start over again.

We’ve all had to do this multiple times in our lives. It’s nothing we haven’t had to do before. We all should be used to it by now. But change is one of those things we all try to resist in one way or another. I know I do. And then I look back and think, Well, that didn’t suck anywhere near as much I thought it would. And that has happened pretty much every time.

I’ve started reminding myself of that almost every day. And to remember to be grateful for all of blessings that have been bestowed upon me — for reasons that I will never understand. I had no idea that life could ever be this good. If I wasn’t such an emotionally restrained person, I’d probably cry tears of joy.

* * * *

I know it’s hard for you to
Change your way of life
I know it’s hard for you to do
The world is full of people
Dying to be free
So if you don’t my friend
There’s no life for you
No world for me

* * * *

Writing this has been a positive exercise for me. Or an exercise in positivity. Maybe both. I probably needed to do something like unto this far more than I realized. I don’t know, maybe you needed it, too. It was a step in the right direction for me. A good place to start from in the new year. This is the place I needed to get back to. All I have to do now is figure out how to stay here.

Curve balls. I’ve never been very good with them.

I’ve been contemplating the Meaning of Life lately. Tacitly implied in any contemplation of this sort is purpose. Purpose isn’t something you find — it’s something you define. And in that process, purpose will somehow end up defining you. Well, that’s how I’ve come to understand it anyhow.

I’ve come to the conclusion that there are two types of people in the world: Those who try to make the world the better place. And those who do not.

I have been both of those types of people in my lifetime.

I’ve heard it said that it costs nothing to be a good person. I’m going to add that there’s no discernible reward for being a good person either. You don’t receive any special perks or frequent flyer miles for being a good person. You don’t get an exemption from tragedy, or heartbreak. And it sure as hell doesn’t do anything to improve your golf game…

Trying to make the world a better place is usually a huge pain in the ass. Closer to the truth, it’s probably a whole lots of pains in the asses.

But being a good person, and trying to make the world a better place, will never wake you up in the middle of the night to haunt you. That might be the only benefit we reap. But for me, it’s more than enough.

* * * *

Let’s all get together soon, before it is too late
Forget about the past and let your feelings fade away
If you do I’m sure you’ll see, the end is not yet near, ooh

Where do we go
Where do we go
Where do we go from here?

* * * *

Happy New Year. Go forth, and do good things.

Running on Empty

Running on Empty is a song by American singer-songwriter Jackson Browne. It’s the title track to his 1977 album of the same name. It’s one of his biggest hits, and possibly his best song, ever. Jackson said the inspiration for his song was his habit of driving around with his gas gauge on E all the time.

I know, right! I thought it was one of those deeply philosophical songs with multiple layers and meanings, and a catchy melody. But no, it’s about a guy that doesn’t have any gas in his car because he’s either too lazy or too broke to put more gas in his tank. And he probably thinks he can drive at least another 30 miles even though his car is telling him he needs to fill ‘er up.

I’m not one of those kind of guys. I hate running out of gas, and my lovely supermodel wife has an absolute phobia about it. As a result, we fill up whenever the needle on our gas gauge gets below half full. I’d write a song about it, but Running on a Quarter of a Tank (Should I Risk It, Or Should I Stop and Fill Up) doesn’t sound like a hit song to me either…

* * * *

I don’t know how the rest of you feel, but I am tired. This year has been like unto some kind of parasite that sucks all of the vital energy right out of you. And it’s more than just feeling tired. I am physically, mentally, and emotionally exhausted.

It’s like I dove too deep, and upon reaching the surface of the water, all I can do is gasp for breath. And I know I’m not the only one that feels this way at his point in time.

* * * *

We’ve been busy here at the Chula Vista Resort and Spa. In previous posts, I know I’ve mentioned the Royal and Ancient Hedgerow that used to dominate the south side of our yard. Todd and I started attacking it on October 16th. I did most of the heavy demolition, surgically removing the tangled vines and thorny shrubs. Whenever I encountered a part of it that was too thick and tangled for precise removal, Todd would fire up his chainsaw and unleash hell.

It took us about a month and a half to conquer the hedgerow, and then all of vines and shrubs lining the fence in the backyard that separates our yard from the golf course, but the results are nothing short of amazing.

There’s one tiny, little, insignificant detail about demolishing something that generally requires addition action: When you’re done with the demolition, it looks like you’ve destroyed something. So we’ve been putting in a lots of hours getting the gardens to look like, you know, gardens again.

We had hundreds of plants in the gardens before we destroyed almost everything, so putting the gardens back together again hasn’t been that much of an expenditure for us. I just relocated almost all of the old plants to different places in the gardens. Unlike my previous gardening experiences that involved drinking beer and playing in the dirt, I’ve been much more intentional with replanting everything this time around.

There’s much more design, flow, and feng shui in the new and improved gardens. Oh, and I sowed a few thousand flower seeds, too. In a few months when everything is growing and blooming and doing all that garden stuff, I think the results are going to be spectacular.

I’d pack everything up and take it on tour, but the easiest thing would be if you came down here for a visit. That’s the downside of moving away from everyone you know. Almost everyone says they’ll come visit. No one ever does. It’s even less likely to happen if you move to a foreign country.

COVID-19 has only made travel more problematic. A couple of our friends were planning on coming to visit this year, right about the time no one could go anywhere because the whole world went into the first lockdown/quarantine. It’s possible they’ll make it down this way next year, but we’ll see how that goes…

I’m trying to stay optimistic. I was looking forward to seeing my friends, showing them around the Edenic paradise in which we reside, and getting Paul, Valerie and Jaye on the golf course. I’d add, and get a chance to show off my impressive golf skills, but the only thing impressive about my golf skills lately is how bad they’ve gotten.

* * * *

Prior to the first COVID-19 lockdown, I was playing the best golf of my life. I was scoring in the low to mid-80’s on a consistent basis. My goal was to break 80 by the end of the year. And then pretty much every part of my game went straight to hell. And it has stayed there.

I’ve added at least ten strokes to my game, and right now, I have no idea how to get rid of them. Does dieting work in golf? I’ll sign up for Noom. Electronic dating? I’ll post my profile on eharmony. Viagra?? I’m willing to try just about anything at this point in time. My caddy assures me that I’m still a good golfer. I just need to have confidence in my abilities again.

He might be right about that, but the only thing that can restore my confidence would be if I stopped sucking at golf, and I haven’t been able to figure out how to do that yet. The only thing I can do is keep golfing, and perhaps the issues I’ve been having will work themselves out.

As usual, I’ll keep you posted if and when it happens.

* * * *

My physical weariness will fade. All I need to do is rest. My batteries will recharge soon enough.

My other forms of enervation and fatigue won’t be as easy to treat. I’m going to say there’s a reason for that, but I’m not completely sure what that reason is yet. I’m fairly sure I understand the cause. I attribute it to Donald Trump and his mindless sycophants.

Thank God that he lost the election.

Whew! That was waaaay more nerve wracking than it needed to be

Like unto everyone else that doesn’t support The Donald, I’m counting down the days until January 20, 2021. And I’m probably holding my breath, hoping that he doesn’t do or say anything that will incite a war or something. I’m tired of Trump’s lies, his behavior, and his fucking bullshit.

And I’m equally tired of trying to figure out how anyone could support him.

Okay. I get the wealthy supporting him. If there’s one group of people that have benefitted from Trump’s presidency, it’s really rich white people. However, not all of his supporters are rich. Most of them shop at Walmart — not because it’s cheap and you can find almost everything there, but you go there only as a last resort — but because they actually love shopping at Walmart.

No matter why they chose to support Trump, all of his fanatics appear to believe everything he says even though they say they know some of his statements are a bit kooky. One of my Trump supporting friends told me that, so I asked her what she thought he was lying about.

I didn’t ask her for a list, like, Trump’s Top Ten Lies. I didn’t ask for his Five Best Fabrications. I didn’t even ask for his Top Three Deceits. I asked her to name one thing she thought Trump lied about. That was eight months ago. I’m still waiting for her response. You can draw your own conclusions, but to me, that looks like she believes everything he says.

I wonder if Fake News will magically disappear once Trump is no longer in office. I wonder if the effects of Trump’s Kool-Aid will wear off after The Donald leaves the White House. Up to now, Trump’s supporters haven’t appeared to have been swayed at all by any of the facts that indicate this. In fact, they appear to be immune to facts.

The truth. It may not have always been welcome news, but it used to be universally recognized and respected. Now, if you don’t like something all you have to do is label it as fake news, then stick your head back in the sand. Or up your ass. Or wherever you hide your ability to reason.

* * * *

One of my Trump supporting friends asked me to provide details of his alleged criminal activity. I replied to her thusly: I’m not sure there’s anything I could say that would change your mind because anything I mention comes from the lying-ass media, and it’s all fake news. Am I right?

That’s probably true, she agreed. The media is so biased against Trump. You can’t believe anything they say!

So, where do you get your information from? Do you get special updates from the White House because you support Trump? Do you have some secret knowledge that the rest of us don’t possess? Because if you don’t, I’m guessing you see the same headlines I do. The only difference is how we interpret that information, right?

I haven’t heard back from her, either.

* * * *

The truth about President Trump’s illegal activities while he occupied the Oval Office are going to be revealed. That’s a given. I’m very curious to see how American democracy will respond because nothing ever returns to its original dimensions after it has been bent or warped out of shape.

That’s not my opinion, that’s a scientific fact. That’s Physics. Is it okay to believe in Science once more? Or do we still have to wait until Inauguration Day? I’m asking for a friend…

This issue will determine what sort of country America wants to be when it grows up. Will the post-Trump politicians try to return the country back toward the ideals that the founding fathers had in mind when they wrote the Constitution? Or will they continue down the road of isolationism, segregation, and exclusion?

I call it The War Against Karenism.

* * * *

I’m not sure that President Joe Biden will be the answer to combat my mental and emotional exhaustion. Or any of the myriad of problems that America is facing right now, for that matter. I trust him more than I trust Trump and his cronies, but anyone who completely trusts an American politician right now needs to see, you know, like, a really good doctor or something. And be heavily medicated.

If you’ve read any of my politically motivated posts, you know that I believe the American political system isn’t just badly bent, it’s broken into about three trillion little pieces. Something that broken cannot be easily repaired. I’m not sure if it can be repaired at all.

The political chasm that separates America’s two main parties is vast. What it lacks in enormity is made up for in fervor. Nor does it appear that there’s any desire from either of the parties to do anything to repair the division that separates them. In most cases where intractable differences such as these exist, war tends to be the natural outcome.

War, not baseball, is America’s real favorite pastime. It always has been. This war will likely be fought on several fronts, in multiple theaters of operation. I’m hoping that assault weapons in the streets won’t be part of it, but this is America we’re talking about. So, unfortunately, that’s a real possibility. And it’s probably the one thing about the future of the violent country of my birth that scares me most of all.

* * * *

I hope that explains my multi-dimensional fatigue. I’m fairly certain my dedicated reader[s] will understand. I’m equally certain he/she feels the same way I do right now. Maybe we should have a snack of milk and cookies, then lay down and take a nap. Until roughly the middle of January…

At least one nightmare will be over. And if we’re lucky, we might feel refreshed enough to face the next one, whatever it might be.

Waiting for Guffman

If you follow me on Facebook, you won’t be hearing from me for awhile. I’m in Facebook jail, again, for thirty days for posting this incredibly insensitive and controversial statement. Back in May.

I know right! What the hell?!?

Yep, it was so outrageous that it took Facebook five months to realize they should have been outraged almost half a year ago. What sort of twisted human sifts through five fucking months of Facebook posts? Not even super-creepy stalkers do that kind of shit!!

There are no appeals in the kangaroo court of Facebook. I should know. I’ve been in Facebook jail so many times I’m like unto Norm on Cheers. Everybody there knows my name.

* * * *

If you’re not familiar with the film Waiting for Guffman you should check it out. It’s fucking hilarious, and you could probably use a laugh right about now. You’ll definitely need one when the second quarantine starts after Trump loses the election.

I’m kind of hoping that once Trump is gone, someone in America — maybe even the next President — will remember that Science used to be a respectable profession before this putz of a president came along and told his mindless followers that Science was stupid and couldn’t be trusted.

We don’t have to wait for the election for that to happen here. Starting Friday evening, we’re turning the clocks back to March or April and initiating another lockdown. Lea has been reading the restrictions to me as I write this. It’s not going to be a complete shutdown, but it sounds like there are going to be a significant amount of restrictions, especially at night and on the weekends.

And if you have to be out and about, you had better be wearing a facemask, amigo.

Enrique Alfaro Ramírez, the governor of Jalisco, has been threatening to reimpose a lockdown for the last couple of months because he’s dismayed by the number of COVID-19 cases in his country. And he apparently thinks he can do something to change that.

* * * *

According to the latest statistics available, there have been 901,268 confirmed cases of COVID-19 in Mexico, resulting in 89,814 deaths. And Mexico has done an horrendous job of compiling accurate data. In the state of Jalisco, there have been 33,339 confirmed cases with 3,967 deaths.

* * * *

Despite those appalling numbers, an increasing number of people down here have ceased using any and all personal protective measures.

I call it Pandemic Precaution Fatigue. And the thought process goes something like unto this: I am over this. I’m going to come down with this crap and live, or I’m going to come down with this crap and die. Either way, I don’t care what happens anymore. I just want my fucking life back.

In an previous post, I wrote about something I called Spousal Fatigue. It’s a term I coined to describe what happens to some retired people when they find themselves trapped with the person they married without a break, day after day after day…

This year, you didn’t necessarily have to be retired to find yourself in that situation.

Okay. I remember the richer or poorer part. Sickness and health. Yep, for better or worse… But I don’t remember anything about twenty-four hours a day, every goddamn day!

Perhaps that’s one reason why some people are willing to take their chances with contracting the Coronavirus. Oh yeah, and a vaccine is going to be available any day now, right? Didn’t President Trump say that, what, about…eight… months ago?

Whether they become infected with COVID-19 or not, there’s a fair chance that the life they want back won’t exist once this pandemic is finally over. I don’t know if this good or bad, all I know for sure right now is there doesn’t appear to be a whole lots of people that seem to understand this fact.

And there’s this: there’s no such thing as a flu vaccine that is 100% effective. Most of them fall well below, and I mean way below that mark. The COVID-19 vaccine, whenever it’s finally unveiled, isn’t going to be the panacea that some people believe. And given the stance of the anti-vaxxers, there will likely be as many people, or more, who will choose not to be vaccinated, so there’s that to take into consideration.

* * * *

I’m kind of going through my own sense of fatigue right now. I spent a fair amount of time over the last couple of years trying to convince several people that Donald Trump is a pig of a human being, a criminal, and a traitor to his country. And not one of the people I preached to has had a change of heart, not even with the preponderance of evidence that I feel proved my argument beyond a shadow of a doubt.

We are all of us, most likely, tired of something right now. Even my Muses have been strangely quiescent of late. I’m not sure what to make of that. Maybe they’re under quarantine, too. Or maybe they’ve been replaced by the infrequent tactile hallucination I’ve been experiencing for the last couple of months.

* * * *

Tactile hallucinations aren’t the most common form of false sensory perceptions that people can experience, but they’re not rare by any means either. I’d elaborate on this more, but my wife has practically begged me not to say anything about it. To anyone. After I told her.

I’m guessing she also meant I shouldn’t write about it…

My lovely supermodel wife has always said she considers me to be quirky and unique. I don’t think she’s ever seriously considered me to be, you know, crazy. Until now. I’m sure she’ll let me know how she feels after she reads this.

Sorry honey, I have to say something about this.

This phenomenon happened maybe a dozen times in a row, in two different rooms of our house. I felt someone, or something, very solidly hitting/tapping my right hand twice, when I was performing a very specific…task.

Yes, it was kind of freaky. No, I’m not going to elaborate on this any further. Trust me, you really don’t want to know.

I simply changed the manner in which I perform this…task, and I may have outsmarted my hallucination because it hasn’t happened since. I seemingly have to work around some of the things that happen inside of my head far more often than I’d like to admit.

* * * *

Fortunately for me, I don’t have to physically interact with any of the people I’m disappointed in right now because none of them live in the Lakeside Area. Those wouldn’t be pleasant conversations for anyone.

Equally unfortunately, I doubt the governor’s actions are going to accomplish much of anything to change the attitudes of the people he’s trying to save. It’s been my experience as a psych nurse that when people stop caring about whether they live or die, there’s nothing you can do to help them until they decide they want to live again.

Nor do I think that his actions are going to appreciably alter or slow the progression of COVID-19 here in the Lakeside Area at this point in the game. It doesn’t make much sense to fix the fence after all the livestock have escaped, but at least he’ll be able to say he tried to do something.

Buena suerte, Governor Alfaro. You’re going to need all the luck you can find for this plan to work.

* * * *

To the best of my knowledge, this is the first global pandemic I’ve faced in my life. Some of my Trump-supporting friends have cited other flu-like outbreaks from previous years, and the fact that more people died from that year’s combination of letters and numbers disease than this year’s letters and numbers disease.

Cold and flu season strikes every year. Does that mean we’ve been visited by a pandemic every year, and, what, we were just too busy to notice? I don’t recall any extraordinary global measures being instituted to try to save lives and prevent the spread of those past disease events. Do you?

Consider this: There’s a football season every year, too. Does that make every football game played the Super Bowl?

I’m pretty sure that even Donald Trump and all of his supporters understand that there’s only one Super Bowl. And it will remain that way until the Donald tells his fanatics there’s actually more than one Super Bowl, and then they’ll believe that shit, too.

Interestingly, Trump’s supporters all claim that they don’t blindly believe everything he says, until you question them about the basis of their political views. And you will discover that, yeah, they really do blindly believe everything The Donald says — no matter how ludicrous it is. I also find it very strange that they don’t seem to realize that they do this, even after you point it out to them.

Don’t believe me? Trump says the only way he can lose this election is because of voter fraud. And, yes, his supporters believe that, too. As for the rest of us, we all know what a non-issue this has been in American politics over the last two centuries.

Just sit back and watch what his supporters do and say when he loses. Personally, I can’t wait. I might even drink a glass of champagne…

That said, I am also filled with dread and apprehension regarding this election. There’s one thing that Donald Trump’s supporters don’t realize —

My mistake. You’re right. There are many things…

This is the thing I had in mind: Every principle and ideal that the United States of America was founded on is on trial in this election. Trump’s supporters see him as the last defender of freedom in America. They cannot see that he has been systematically dismantling the last shreds of democracy that remained while he’s been in office.

Trump’s supporters think they possess some arcane knowledge about this president that no one else has. They are absolutely committed to him, they will do anything he suggests to them, and they have guns. A lots and lots and lots of them.

They’ve been preparing for the Zombie Apocalypse for decades, somehow missing the fact that they’ve become zombies themselves.

Although they claimed to be wise, they became fools… Romans 1:22

* * * *

This could become very ugly, very fast. The curtain has been pulled back, and what it has revealed about America under the Trump administration, for the most part, hasn’t been pretty. Long after Mr. Trump no longer sits in the Oval Office, his supporters are still going to be out there. If that thought doesn’t daunt you, it should.

They are the reason I believe that America isn’t in danger of losing the qualities that made it the most celebrated country on the planet.

It already has.

* * * *

When the last quarantine went into effect, Todd and I decided to become gardeners. Guess what we’re going to do during this lockdown!

A couple of weeks ago, Todd and I started attacking the Royal and Ancient Hedgerow on the south side of the Chula Vista Resort and Spa. I’m going to guess that it was planted about the same time that our gringo mansion was built, way back in the 1950’s or 60’s.

That, more than likely, was also the last time it was manicured. The Royal and Ancient Hedgerow stands roughly twenty feet high, and is probably eight to ten feet thick. In layman’s terms, it’s a jungle out there.

You never know what will pop up on a Google image search…

The primary shrub in our overgrown hedgerow is bougainvillea. It’s a hardy plant that’s virtually impossible to kill. And it has thorns. Some of the thorns in the branches in our hedgerow are over an inch long. And they are incredibly sharp.

When we attacked the hedgerow, it attacked back. Todd and I both look like we’ve been wrestling jaguars. And it doesn’t look like we’ve been winning.

But we are.

We have taken some significant hunks out of the Royal and Ancient Hedgerow. You can actually see Lake Chapala from a few spots in our yard now, and sunlight filters into the bedrooms on the South Wing for the first time in decades.

That said, we still have a long way to go to tame the beast. It will easily take us another month to complete subdue it, and that’s probably about how long the second quarantine/lockdown is likely to last.

Todd and I have been discussing adding some flowering vines into the areas that have been opened up again. The flowers will add some color, and vines don’t generally have thorns. That’s a big plus. After that, it will just be a matter of keeping the hedgerow regularly trimmed. It should look better than it ever has by the time we’re done.

* * * *

Waiting for Guffman is a 1996 American film loosely based on Samuel Beckett’s play, Waiting for Godot. The movie mockingly documents a community theater musical that tells the history of a sleepy little Missouri town called Blaine. The director is an eccentric outsider, who claims he knows an important Broadway producer in New York City named Mort Guffman, whom he has invited to come to see the show. 

The director tells his cast if Mr. Guffman writes a favorable review of the play, they could all end up in a Big Broadway Show. They’ll all be able to get the hell out of Blaine, and they’ll probably all become world famous or something like unto that.

The play is beyond awful. I’ve gone to a few of these small town productions in my lifetime. The only word I can think of to describe these shows is painful. Guffman never shows up, a rave review is never written, and everyone involved with the show more or less goes back to their mundane lives once the show is over.

It might not sound like much, but I think it’s one of the funniest movies I’ve ever seen. Oddly enough, one could make the argument that the movie could be interpreted as an apt metaphor of current day America. Well, the voices inside my head seem to think so…

Okay. I see where you’re going with this. The eccentric director is Donald Trump, right? The awful play is the Trump administration’s response to the Coronavirus, correct? Or, it could be everything the Trump administration has done because you don’t really like this guy much. The cast would then have to be Trump’s supporters.

How am I doing so far? I guess there’s only one thing I don’t get. Who, or what, is Guffman? Wait a minute! I’ve got it! Guffman — is the vaccine!

Damn! There’s nothing funny about that ending. This fucking sucks, dude.

Yes. Maybe now you understand.

Time Passages

Remember when we were going to do that two week thing to flatten the curve? Whatever happened to that? Are we still doing that? Does anyone know which phase of COVID-19 we’re in now? Does anybody really know what time it is? Does anybody really care?

There is some good news. We’ve made it to October. In quick succession Halloween, Thanksgiving, then Christmas will be upon us, And then we can say, Adios, motherfucker to 2020.

And hope that 2021 isn’t one of those years that says, Here, hold my beer…

* * * *

Time Passages is a song by the Scottish singer/songwriter Al Stewart. The song is story about a guy who starts daydreaming on a cold winter morning before he goes to his dead-end, boring-ass desk job or something.

I research a lots of things that end up in my blog posts. Seeing how I know next to nothing about Mr. Stewart, I decided to look him up. He apparently has quite an esteemed status among those in the music industry, which is something I never would have thought possible.

I have at least one of his CD’s. I consider his songs to be musically intricate, but mostly corny. And Time Passages is one of his corniest. But here’s the ironic part: Al agrees with me. Even he thinks this song is crap.

* * * *

Time, being relative — it has seemed to drag by at times this year. But not even COVID-19 can make time stop. Life has gone on, which is what it always does. One of my virtual friends in Canadia had a baby. It’s a girl! Thank God. She didn’t think she could handle a fourth boy.

A couple of my virtual female friends in the States are unexpectedly in relationships — something neither of them thought would ever happen again. I hope it works out well for them.

We’ve all gotten older this year, those of us that didn’t get dead. Three of my real friends have lost family members this year. My best friend from high school lost one of his sisters to suicide. My best friend from the Minneapolis VAMC lost his oldest son to an accidental drug overdose. My best friend who chronologically fell in between my other two best friends — his dad just died.

Those deaths are immense tragedies to my friends, and they’ve hit me hard as well. My heart rejoices, and breaks, just like it always has. Even in this very strange year, there are some things that haven’t changed.

* * * *

I find it hard to believe that we’ve been living in Mexico for only four years. It’s even more unreal when you consider that this is the year I had planned to retire. I originally thought I’d work until I was 65, but then I had to change my plans and retire at the age of 61.

Yeah, that was a real bummer…

Our time here somehow seems like it’s been much longer, almost like we’ve been here most of our lives. Maybe it’s because Einstein’s concept of SpaceTime is four dimensional… I’d expound on that further, except I have no idea what it means, and I’m not interested in doing that much research.

Likewise with our darlingpreshadorbs purebred Mexican street kit-tens.

Mika and Mollie. See? I told you they were cute

My lovely supermodel wife and I rescued them a little over two years ago, and we cannot imagine our lives without them now. They keep us entertained, and shower us with a lots of love and affection.

We adopted them just before we moved into the Chula Vista Resort and Spa, the spacious gringo mansion in which we currently reside. And it seems like we’ve been here longer than two years, too.

Our lease is coming up for renewal soon. We know we’re going to be able to renew our rental agreement, we just don’t know for how long. We know our landlord likes us because Lord Mark just upgraded the washer and dryer, bringing the laundry room into the 21st Century.

We’re also going to collaborate with him on getting the swimming pool repainted. I think Lord Mark had it done on the cheap just before we moved in, and it shows. We’re planning on doing a much more lasting fix this time around, one that will stand the test of time.

* * * *

Time. The country of my birth is obsessed with time. Everything must run like clockwork. Time is of the essence, and time is money. Life runs at a hurried pace. In fact, it’s a rat race, and races are always won by the person with the fastest time.

It’s possible that time is also important in Mexico, but I haven’t seen much evidence of it here in the Lakeside Area. We don’t live in a sophisticated urban area. We live in a little rural village up in the mountains. Here, time is much more of a whatever/whenever kind of a thing.

It’s been a bit of a readjustment for us, but all in all, it’s been a good reminder. There are actually very few things in life that are so urgent that they need to be done NOW.

* * * *

Time. Nothing escapes the passage of time. Everything is changed by it. I was young once. I had hair. I’m going to be 65 in December, and I can’t remember the last time I actually had to comb my hair.

With the passage of time, some pains are lessened. And others are only made worse. In terms of aging and growing older, the emotional pains I’ve carried around forever are starting to fade away, apparently so they can be replaced by the physical pains of no longer being young.

Waking up in the morning is usually a painful experience for me. Thanks to years of risk-taking behavior, I have two bad ankles, one bad shoulder, two hips that take turns having bad days, a bum knee, and a totally fucked up back.

I’m relieved that no one has videotaped my first steps in the morning. It’s an unattractive combination of an ambulating penguin and the rusty Tin Man from The Wizard of Oz.

See? I told you. And it’s my right knee, too

In my opinion, it’s the worst part of getting old. I don’t know how this works for the rest of you who experience chronic pain, but when my pain level rises beyond more than usual, I am overwhelmed with nausea, which makes everything feel just a little bit worse.

I’ve lost at least 15 pounds since we moved here, and I wasn’t on a weight loss diet for any of that time. People tell me I look good for my age. I’m sure they mean it as a compliment, but from my point of view, I’m more of a pig that has learned how to apply lipstick.

* * * *

Time. I remember the days when time was a precious resource that had to be carefully monitored and managed. I used to be a registered nurse. There was never enough time to do all of the things you wanted to do in an eight hour shift.

Time is now a more or less mundane resource that I possess in abundance. My view of that might change as I grow closer to death. I spent the first third of my life trying to kill myself, the second third of my life wondering how I managed to survive, and now I’m finally learning how to live in peace with myself.

I’m going to guess that much like unto Socrates, I’ve spent a goodly amount of time examining my life. And after all of that introspection, I’ve come to two conclusions: One, I may have done a lots of things in my life, but one thing I didn’t do very well was take the time to actually enjoy it. And two, I’ve come to the conclusion that I need to stop examining my life.

Seriously.

There are times when reviewing the videotape is a good thing. You can dissect your words and actions, analyze the outcome, and figure out what you can do differently to make improvements.

There are other times when reviewing the videotape will only highlight what a fucking idiot you were, and there’s nothing you can do to change that. All you can do is accept it, and be grateful that you are no longer that person.

I’m learning how to become that person. I haven’t been doing so great at it so far… I’ll probably get better at it as I becoming more practiced doing it. After all, it’s not golf.

* * * *

Time. It’s something you tend to have either too much of, or not enough of. It rarely seems to be measured out in perfect doses. The hardest part about writing this post has been knowing that I wasted so much time being wasted.

One of these days, probably right after I make peace with myself and my past, I’ll probably want to have some it back.

No Good Deed Goes Unpunished

The phrase “no good deed goes unpunished” is a twist on the idea that good people are rewarded in life for being good. In reality, this is not often the case. This phrase has been variously attributed to Walter Winchell, John P. Grier, Oscar Wilde and Clare Boothe Luce.

I don’t even know who John P. Grier is. Do you? I always thought Oscar Wilde came up with the phrase. It sounds like something he would say…

* * * *

My lovely supermodel wife and I have been living the dream here in Mexico for almost four years now. In a couple of months we have to legally change our immigration status from temporary to permanent — mostly because we’re planning on staying in Mexico until we get dead.

And that means we had to get rid of our 2013 Buick Encore. Only cars that were manufactured in Canadia, the USA, or Mexico can be licensed here. Believe it or not, our American made Buick was built in South Korea!

What most normal people in my situation do is drive their vehicle to a car dealership in the nearest big city just across the US border and sell it. It’s a very simple process.

* * * *

My process started some time early last year. And like every other action, it all started with a thought. Given the fact that I can’t remember what happened yesterday, I’m not sure if this was actually my idea, or if it was a thought insertion.

I can tell you this: I didn’t spend any time thinking about selling the Buick. I didn’t think it was worth more than a couple of thousand dollars, so there wasn’t all that much to think about as far as I was concerned.

At any rate, an idea was born in my mind. It was so simple and so beautiful I didn’t even question it. I knew it was the only thing to do. And this is what it was: You should give your car to Amy.

* * * *

Amy is single woman in her 30’s. She has two teenage kids, Evamarie and Daniel.We met her at one of the churches we went to in Surprise! AZ. And she was in one of the Bible study groups we attended. 

Amy was unlike anyone else at our church. She was the gal that stood or sat near the door during worship service. Yeah, she practiced social distancing long before it became popular. Amy tended to stare at the floor no matter what else she was doing — she almost never made eye contact with anyone. Amy rarely spoke, and when she did her voice was barely a whisper. I don’t think we exchanged more than fifty words with each other in the nine years we lived in Arizona.

I was a psych nurse back then, so I tended to notice that kind of stuff. At some point in time I know I said this to Lea: I don’t know what happened to Amy, but whatever it was, it was terrible. And it happened more than once.

I don’t know what the criteria are for the poverty level in Arizona are, but Amy probably lived one or two steps below them. And every car she had ever owned was a piece of junk that was probably broken down more often than it ran.

Amy tended to discount any talent she might have had, and she had a few. She made the most amazing cupcakes! She brought some to one of our Bible study groups. I think I ate half of them. Because she was a baker, Lea gave Amy her KitchenAid® mixer just before we moved to Mexico, so precedent had been set.

Now you know why giving her our Buick was such a great idea. If you’re thinking giving a car to someone you don’t really know is weird, I’d have to agree with you. But then something really weird happened about six months after we moved to Mexico.

Amy, the girl who rarely spoke to anyone about anything in person, sent me a text message after I moved 1200 miles away from her.

* * * *

Me: I just got a message from Amy!

Lea: Amy who?

Me: Quiet Amy from church!

Lea: That’s weird. What does she want?

Me: I think she wants me to be her therapist.

Lea: Oh boy. I don’t think that’s a good idea. Promise me you’ll be careful.

Me: Don’t worry. I’ll be very careful.

* * * *

If you’ve ever been in therapy, you know it’s a lots less fun than almost anything, including a colonoscopy. And the only reason a colonoscopy sucks less is because you’re under sedation.

I’m not going to say much about my sessions with Amy for a couple of reasons: One, it’s none of your goddamn business. And two, I’d like to finish this post before I get dead.

I will say this: our sessions lasted at least two and a half years. Amy was, well, an emotional basket case. Riding on a speeding train that had no brakes. And the train was constantly derailing. The bridge spanning the canyon just ahead was out. And the train was on fire.

Amy suffered from a profound lack of self-esteem and some sort of global social anxiety disorder. Punctuated with panic attacks. Highlighted with moments of supreme terror. And nightmares.

Amy had so many issues and questions there were some things I had no idea how to address simply because I wasn’t a girl. So I referred Amy to my lovely supermodel wife because she is a girl. Lea and I ended up tag teaming Amy as her treatment progressed.

Lea and Amy bonded almost immediately. They had a spooky amount of stuff in common: single mothers. Financially challenged. And they had both survived significant traumas. They were like unto best friends in about five minutes. 

With me, Amy would take one step forward and two steps back. Maybe three… Repeatedly. My role in Amy’s personal renovation plan was simple: Refocus, refocus, refocus. Lather, rinse, repeat.

I never told her what to do. I told her recovery is a deeply personal process, and something that worked well for one person didn’t do anything for the next. And I knew that from personal experience.

She couldn’t believe I ever needed to be fixed. Because I was so cool. I told her she was right about the last part, but not the first. Then she asked me how I finally succeeded.

I made every mistake I possibly could, until I got tired of fucking up. That’s what you’re going to have to do. So, suck it up, and never quit trying. 

I want to get better. I really do!

Then someday you will. You just have to believe that. And you have to believe that you can do it.

How long do you think it will take?

Years. It’s a lifelong process that never stops. So take care of yourself. And get some sleep. I’ll talk to you tomorrow. 

It ended up being an exhausting process for all three of us. Amy was always afraid that we were going to give up on her, but Lea and I both ended up having a vast amount of respect for Amy because she never gave up, no matter how discouraged she felt.

* * * *

Before you get the idea that I’m really good at this, I’m not. And if you want me to therapeurize you, I charge $150 US/hour. And I won’t be giving you a car. If you still want to go down this road, there’s one more thing you should know: I didn’t do anything to fix Amy. She did all of that herself.

I’m clearly not worth your time or your money.

* * * *

Because I’m essentially a coward, I waited a couple of months before I told my lovely supermodel wife what I was planning on doing with our Buick. And I have to admit I was surprised by her response.

No! You’re not giving our car away!! Do you have any idea what it’s worth?

I was surprised for a couple of reasons. Lea had played as much of a role in Amy’s therapy as I had. Surely she understood the need as much as I did. And I didn’t think our car could be worth all that much. It’s a used car, and people don’t pay much money for used cars.

Do they?

Somewhat Little Known Fact About Me: I can be just about the most stubborn sonuvabitch you’ve ever met when I want to be. Probably Not So Surprising Fact About My Lovely Supermodel Wife: she might be the only person more stubborn than me.

I’m pretty sure my response was something like unto this: Well, it’s going to happen, so start getting used to the idea. And Lea replied, We’ll see…

* * * *

It took several months and a couple of phone calls to our financial planner before Lea was able to wrap her heart and mind around my idea. Our financial planner just happens to be our oldest daughter, Gwendolyn Henson. Because of that, I like to think that she does stuff for us that she wouldn’t normally do for her other clients.

Lea is much more practical about almost everything than I am. Once she was sure the financial aspect of giving our car away would work, she was completely on-board.

I had one conversation with our financial planner. But I wasn’t at all concerned about the practicality of my idea: I’ve spent most of my life taking anything and everything that I could because I was a drunken pig of a human being. I have an opportunity to give something meaningful back to someone who really needs it. I don’t care what you have to do in order to make this happen. Just make it happen.

And God bless her heart, Gwen did. I’m not sure I ever thanked her for that. So, if you’re reading this, thank you, Gwendolyn. I wouldn’t have been able to do this without your help.

* * * *

On or about Christmas of last year I sent Amy a couple of pictures of our Buick on Facebook Messenger and asked, Would you like to have this car? She responded almost immediately: I’d love to have that car, but I don’t think I can afford it.

Me: I didn’t ask if you wanted to buy it. I asked if you wanted to have it. There was a long pause, then: Are you giving me your car? Are you serious?? YES!! Yes, I’d love to have a nice car!!

Does it run?

* * * *

My beautiful, simple idea had taken one step forward. Yet Another Little Known Fact About Me: making plans is not my forte. I’ve planned only two things in my life, and delivering our car to Amy wasn’t going to be the third.

Fortunately, one of the things I had actually planned on doing was marrying Lea, and she loves making plans. Unfortunately, the year this plan was going to take place was 2020.

There’s one more thing: if you’ve ever watched Masters of Flip, you know Dave Wilson consistently under-budgets his renovation costs. I would do something similar in terms of how much our gift to Amy would actually cost us because I didn’t take anything beyond giving her our car into consideration.

It turned out to be a very expensive gift, and it was far more than just the money we wouldn’t be getting because we weren’t selling our car. Just in cases you were wondering, the Blue Book value on our Buick is roughly $11,000.

* * * *

Just to give you an example of how oblivious I can be, the last time I bought a new car was 2008. Every car I’ve purchased since then has been pre-owned, including the Encore. And to the best of my knowledge, I’m sure I paid way more than a couple of thousand dollars for each of them.

But none of that occurred to me once I came up with the idea to give our car to Amy.

* * * *

In February, we bought a car to replace the Buick — a 2018 Nissan X-Trail. And yes, I paid more than a couple of thousand dollars for it, too. I’ve written about our experience in a previous post.. You can check out all the fun we had with that if you don’t have anything better to do.

Antonio Regalado of R &R Auto Sales was the guy we hired to help us find the Nissan. He also has an automotive service division of his business. So I had his mechanics do a complete service overhaul on the Buick. New filters, drain and replace all the fluids. Replace anything that looked worn so Amy would essentially have a new car that she hopefully wouldn’t need to worry about for years.

I’ll have more to say about this after later…

* * * *

I replaced the tires on Amy’s car and had the front end aligned because the roads here suck. I didn’t need to replace the tires; the old ones had less than 3000 miles on them. But nothing I was doing with the Buick was logical, and I didn’t see any reason to start.

I replaced the windshield wipers even though there wasn’t anything wrong with them either. The only thing I didn’t replace was the battery, because I had already replaced it.

Amy’s car was ready for the road. But Tom Petty said it best when he said, the waiting is the hardest part. 

* * * *

I had one thought in mind when we started planning our trip back to Phoenix to give Amy her new car — I didn’t want to go there in the dead of summer. I was hoping to go early, like April. And then along came the COVID-19 pandemic, and the lockdowns/quarantines. And the plans of pretty much every person on the planet got fucked up all to hell.

By the middle of July, my lovely supermodel wife was going out of her mind from boredom. Making all of the arrangements for our trip gave her something to do, and she jumped on the chance.

She rented a house in our old neighborhood on Airbnb. She booked our return flight from Phoenix to Guadalajara. She secured auto and health insurance for us while we were going to be in the States. And then we held our breath, hoping nothing would happen to cancel delay our trip. Again.

I contacted our friend, Javier Guardado, and hired him to drive us to the border. He does this kind of thing for a living, and if I’ve only learned one thing in life, it’s this: It’s always good to work with a professional.

* * * *

It was right around this point in time that I started becoming an absolute jerk of a human being. I was seriously on edge, and the littlest things would send me into something like unto a berserker rage.

Emotional control is essential when you work in Psychiatry. Pysch patients sometimes say all kinds of mean, ugly, nasty, icky things. And when you’re a psych nurse you have to be above all that crap if you want to survive.

The fact that I was suddenly unable to do that scared the hell out of me.

If you’re wondering why, so am I. The COVID-19 precautions/restrictions probably had something to do with it. And maybe I had some PTSD shit going on that I wasn’t aware of. And there was something I call Rebound Stress.

Back when we were gainfully employed, Lea and I both worked in high pressure/high stress positions. Then we transitioned to a lifestyle where the most stressful thing we had to do was figure out which day of the week it was. And then we found ourselves in an unexpectedly stressful situation when we decided to give our car to Amy.

We were doing this really good thing. It wasn’t supposed to feel like this! I’m still not really sure what happened, but I became a real asshole, real fast. I’m not proud of it. But I’m much better now, so it’s probably safe to keep reading.

* * * *

Our run to the border took two days, and was as uneventful as a cross-country car trip through Mexico can be. We gave Javier enough money for airfare back to the Lakeside Area, and told him we’d settle the rest of his bill when we returned.

The only issue we had was my Mexican cellphone stopped working. I had an unlimited data plan with AT&T, and in Mexico, unlimited apparently ends at 2 gigs of data. I had to be directly connected to a Wi-Fi source in order for my phone to work at all.

It would be a huge pain in the ass to me while we were back in the States.

* * * *

We arrived in Phoenix early in the afternoon of Sunday, August 9th. It was 113° outside. That’s why I didn’t want to go to Phoenix in the summer. It is ridiculously fuckin’ hot.

But the roads were nice! They were smooth, and wide! It was kind of like Heaven, maybe. And the radio played songs I knew. I even knew who some of the DJ’s were!

We were on a mission — it might have been a mission from God — we had traveled 1200 miles and we were almost there. After all the delays, and expense, and fucking stress — we were going to achieve our objective. And this was going to be so cool.

* * * *

Amy lives in Surprise! It’s a sprawling suburb in the northwest valley of the Phoenix metro area. We used to live there, too. I loved the name. Rumor has it that the gal who named the town said she’d be surprised if it ever amounted to much.

Within an hour of arriving in Surprise! we ran into Tracy in the Safeway parking lot. We had never met her before, and actually, she ran into us. Literally.

Yes, we got into a fender bender in the car we were planning on giving away.

* * * *

I was sitting in the passenger seat. Lea had turned into a lane in the parking lot where a pickup was backing out of its spot several feet ahead of her. From where I was sitting I could see Tracy’s SUV in the driver’s side view mirror as it started backing up out of its parking spot. And she was heading right for Amy’s car.

“Look out! MOVE!! She’s going to fucking hit us!” I yelled at Lea. But she couldn’t see Tracy’s SUV. She could see the truck in front of us, and there’s no way it could have hit us no matter how hard it tried.

Lea moved forward a few inches, in slow motion. Tracy’s SUV continued backing up towards us, also in slow motion. I held my breath and prayed it would be enough.

It wasn’t.

* * * *

On the bright side, it was a low impact collision. A piece of trim around the left rear wheel well had been knocked loose, and the left rear tail light in the bumper was popped out of its housing. There was no other damage visible to the eye. Tracy’s SUV didn’t even scratch the paint of Amy’s car.

I didn’t notice if there was any damage to Tracy’s SUV. And if there was any, I sure as hell didn’t care. Because there was no bright side at that precise moment in time in my eyes.

I felt like killing everyone I saw in the parking lot. I think I growled at Tracy — like I was a fuckin’ bear or something. Then I stomped off toward the store looking like unto a storm cloud. Honestly, I didn’t trust myself anymore and I had to get out of there as fast as I could.

“Your husband is the reason I’m divorced.” Tracy said to Lea after I had stormed off. Tracy was actually very sweet. She gave Lea her insurance information, and felt terrible when Lea explained that we were planning on giving our car to another sweet woman.

There was a whole lots of feeling terrible to go around that day. I felt terrible for screaming at a sweet young woman who felt terrible for bumping into our car. I felt terrible because I had screamed at my wife when what I should have done is reach over and honk the fucking horn. And Lea felt terrible because she had been driving at the time the car we were going to give away had been involved in an accident.

When we got to our Airbnb rental, Lea went into the bathroom and cried for an hour.

* * * *

I’m not usually as inconsiderate of my wife’s feelings as I was that day. I honestly had no idea what to say afterwards, and I’m ashamed to say that I wanted to kill her, too. But after I looked at the damage to Amy’s car three or four hundred times, I realized it really wasn’t that bad, and it could probably be easily, and hopefully, cheaply repaired.

Then I decided to go into the bathroom and see if there was anything I could do to comfort my distraught wife. Lea had a handful of used tissues in one hand as she paced around the bathroom.

“This is so unfair!” she sobbed. “We’ve come so far, and I’ve worked so hard to make this happen! And then someone hits the car we’re going to give away in the parking lot! And…and there’s not even a fuckin’ waste basket in this fucking bathroom!!”

When we both started to laugh, I knew Lea was going to be okay, and we were going to survive, no matter what else happened. And there would be more unpleasant surprises to follow.

* * * *

Monday, August 10.

We went to Liberty Buick in Peoria to see my buddy, Benny. He’s the guy who sold me the Encore, I was hoping he could perform a miracle and fix Amy’s lightly damaged vehicle.

They don’t do any bodywork at the dealership, but Benny referred us to the body shop where they send all of their cars that need to be repaired. And it was only a couple of blocks away.

We met a guy named Kenny at the body shop. He was very nice, and very knowledgeable. He knew Encores were made in South Korea! Kenny took a look at the very minor damage on Amy’s car, and figured he could fix everything for $1800.

And I just about had two seizures. In Mexico, it probably would have cost less than $100. But it wouldn’t have cost more than $250 at the very most.

Kenny explained why it was going to be so expensive, but I had stopped hearing anything he said. I can’t remember exactly what he said, but whatever it was made me realize I could fix Amy’s car all by myself, and it wasn’t going to cost anyone no eighteen hundred fuckin’ dollars.

All I needed was a bottle of Gorilla Glue®. And, a tablespoon.

* * * *

We thanked Kenny for his time, then drove to the nearest Home Depot. I bought a good sized bottle of Gorilla Glue®, and couple more Maglite® flashlights, then we headed for our Airbnb rental.

We parked Amy’s car in the garage to get it out of the unrelenting sun. I pulled the trim around the wheel well out a bit farther, then glued the hell out of it, and slammed it back into place. You have to look really hard to see that it had ever been damaged.

The brake light was a bit more problematic because it wouldn’t stay seated in its housing. So I borrowed a tablespoon from the kitchen and braced it firmly between the tail light and the rear axle. Then I decided to leave it there after the glue set, just in cases.

Mischief managed. Lea called Tracy to tell her we wouldn’t be filing a claim against her insurance. And I asked Lea to tell Tracy I was sorry for being an asshole. But I did just save her a buttload of money, so maybe I wasn’t so bad after all.

* * * *

Why didn’t we just let Tracy’s insurance pay for the repairs? For one thing, that price was robbery! And for another thing, we had a timeline. We were only going to be in Phoenix for five days. We simply didn’t have the time to wait for parts to be ordered and delivered. And stuff.

So we got it fixed and it looked practically perfect in every way after my Mexican repair job was completed. And it cost me maybe five bucks. Out of all the things that I shelled money out for, both before and during our trip, it was easily the least expensive thing that I did.

* * * *

Tuesday, August 11.

I took Amy’s car to the Cobblestone Auto Spa in Surprise! for an oil change. It was another thing I didn’t need to do because I had already had Antonio’s mechanics take care of that before we left Mexico.

I love Cobblestone. They did all of the oil changes on all of our cars when we lived in Surprise! They weren’t as expensive as the dealership, and they threw in a free full service car wash. Plus, they had comfortable leather couches where you could watch sports shows while your car was being serviced and cleaned. And they had free Wi-Fi.

I was standing in the comfy waiting area when Adam approached me.

“Hey boss, I’ve got some bad news for you…” And I’m pretty sure my head exploded. “I don’t know who worked on your car last, but they stripped your oil plug so badly I’m afraid to touch it. I’m pretty sure I can get it out, but I can’t guarantee that I can get it back in. And if I can, I can’t guarantee that it won’t leak oil afterwards. I think you’re going to have to replace your entire oil pan, and that’s not something we’re equipped to do here.”

Adam refunded the money I had paid for the oil change. I decided to give Amy’s car a thorough cleaning. It could use it after traveling across Mexico.

Then I counted to ten thousand. And then I called Antonio.

* * * *

Given the fact that I had been almost impossible to be near for the last three weeks, I was surprisingly civil to Antonio. I told him what Adam had told me, and explained that these guys had serviced all of my cars for nine years. Their service had always excellent, so if they told me there was a problem, I was going to believe them.

Antonio couldn’t believe his mechanics could have damaged Amy’s car. They also did excellent work, and they double-checked everything they did. Antonio’s good reputation meant everything to him, so he found my news to be pretty much the last thing he wanted to hear.

I believed Antonio when he was talking about his reputation. But I was hearing two vastly different stories, so someone had to be lying about something.

Seeing how Amy’s car didn’t really need an oil change, I told Antonio that Amy would take her car to the Buick dealership when it needed to be serviced. They worked on Buicks every day. If there was something wrong, they would know it immediately.

I would have my friend take pictures of the oil plug, and I would send them to Antonio. If there wasn’t anything wrong, then the Cobblestone guys were full of shit. The dealership would change the oil, and we’d pay for that. And Antonio’s good reputation would remain intact. End of story.

However, if the scenario the Cobblestone guys had diagnosed was true, and there was a serious problem, we would pay for whatever repairs were needed to fix Amy’s car. And I was going to hold Antonio and his mechanics personally responsible for any and all damages because they were the last guys to work on the Buick.

And then we’d see just how much Antonio’s good reputation really meant to him. There was a long silence, and Antonio didn’t have much to say after that. I couldn’t tell if he agreed or disagreed with my plan. Either way, there wasn’t anything he could do about it in Mexico.

Amy’s car will need an oil change around mid-November. I have a feeling the Cobblestone guys are going to be right, and I also have a feeling that Antonio isn’t going to want to reimburse me for any repairs.

That reminds me, I should send a message to Benny and give him a heads-up about the spoon…

Stayed tuned to this channel for any updates as they occur. I’ll let you know what happens.

* * * *

Also on Tuesday, we transferred the title of our Encore over to Amy, and we paid the license and registration for two years. That cost us $355. But I don’t think either Lea or I cared how much it came to.

Amy was smiling! She laughed!! She talked and talked and talked!!! And she didn’t stare at the floor, not even once. Lea and I couldn’t believe our eyes. We looked at each other in amazement. We had never seen Amy act like this before!

That moment — seeing a completely different person emerge like that — that made all the things we had done — the therapy and frustration. The heartache and sorrow and emotional agony and exhaustion. The sacrifice, expense, and more frustration, and stuff. That moment made everything worthwhile.

And just like that, I stopped feeling like I was going to explode.

* * * *

Wednesday, August 12.

It wasn’t all business and car repairs for us in Phoenix. We went shopping. We bought four suitcases worth of stuff to take home with us because there are some things that you just can’t find down here in Mexico. We ate at some of our favorite restaurants. And visited with a few very close friends.

It was so nice to see them all, especially my darlingpreshadorbs work daughters. I laughed like I hadn’t laughed in months. I felt almost brand new again.

Some of our friends even said they’d come down to visit us at the Chula Vista Resort and Spa. But they’ve said that before, and not one of them has come down yet, so we’ll see what happens.

* * * *

I spent about an hour with Amy on Wednesday evening, showing her all of the bells and whistles on her new car. And the Buick has more than a few of those. Amy couldn’t believe her eyes.

“It does so much stuff. It’s like magic!!” she whispered. And then I handed her the key and asked if she wanted to take it for a test drive.

“Oh! It starts! Oh my! It drives! And it turns! And the brakes work!! Oh my God! It goes really fast! I’m going to have to actually watch how fast I’m going! And the radio works!! And it has air conditioning!!!”

And she smiled. And laughed! And cried tears of joy. And there were no words for that feeling in my heart.

A couple of days later Amy told me a story.

“You know that day that you came over and were showing me your car? When I went inside, Daniel said, ‘You know what, mom? You should buy that car. It’s really nice and you need a nice car.'”

“He didn’t know I was giving it to you? You haven’t told your kids?” I asked. I was stunned that she hadn’t said anything about getting a new car. She shook her head.

“I didn’t tell them. I wanted to wait, you know, until I was sure.”

* * * *

Just before we started our trip, I bought a new/used set of golf clubs. They originally cost a couple of thousand of dollars, but I got them for less than two hundred bucks. I posted a picture of them on my Facebook page. One of my friends in Phoenix asked if I could find him a set or two of clubs, too.

Thanks to my friend, Mario, I found my other friend, Brian, four sets of clubs. He bought two of them. For $75. He got the deal of two lifetimes on those clubs, and I delivered them to him in Phoenix.

Brian was so happy he invited me to go golfing with him on Thursday. And I foolishly accepted.

* * * *

Thursday, August 13.

El Golf de Arizona! It was 113° that day. But it was the only day this year that has started out with significant cloud cover in the morning skies over Phoenix. The clouds protected us from the sun through the first nine holes before the sun vaporized them to shreds. The back nine were brutal. I’m pretty sure I baked what’s left of my brain before we finished.

Brian is one of our former pastors. We were in his Bible study group when we first met Quiet Amy. He’s the only one of the pastors I told my kooky ideas about God to who didn’t look at me as if I were completely insane.

He probably thought I was, but he hid it well. I’ve always had a lots of respect for him for doing that.

Because Brian is a pastor, I actually made an attempt to not swear as much around him while we played golf, but I know he had to ask me not to say, FUCK! at least once. And in between trying not to fuckin’ swear so fucking much, I told Brian about my simple idea to give our car to Amy, and how complicated, and expensive, it had become.

He asked how much the license and registration had cost. He thought about it for a couple of holes. Then he made several phone calls. And then he handed me a check for $355. His new Bible study group, a group of young men that had had never met Amy — and probably never would — pooled their resources and reimbursed us the entire cost of Amy’s registration fees.

I am rarely rendered speechless, but I was at that moment.

I know I thanked Brian several times, but thank you again, my friend. And thank you to your Bible study group, too. I told Amy she owes all of you some cupcakes.

You can thank me later.

* * * *

Friday, August 14.

This would be the hottest day of our stay in Phoenix, with a high of 116°. If you’ve never experienced heat like unto that, I have one word of advice.

Don’t.

* * * *

I mentioned earlier that we did a lots of shopping while we were in Phoenix. My very organized lovely supermodel wife had compiled a lengthy list of items that we needed. On Friday, we checked the last item off, and returned to our Airbnb rental.

I think the nicest amenity about that place was its air conditioner.

It was Packing Day! It took us a couple of hours to divide up all of the stuff we had purchased to keep the weight of the two largest suitcases under fifty pounds. This trip had cost us enough, and neither of us wanted to pay the airline fee for overweight baggage.

When we finished, both of our big suitcases weighed 49.5 pounds.

And then we rested. I think it was the only relaxing day we had on our trip. We spent a good part of the day resting our eyes while we watched TV. We needed to recuperate from the hellish heat of Phoenix. And we needed to recharge our batteries because we were hosting a small pizza party celebration that evening in honor of Amy and her new car.

* * * *

I took Amy out to the garage to show her a few more bells and whistles in her car because I had forgotten about them. I don’t think I ever used them, so I wished her luck figuring out what they did. Evamarie and Daniel stayed in the house, eating pizza with Lea.

“You can read about them in the owner’s manual. Or you can look them up on the YouTube®, probably. So. How did your kids react when you finally told them we were giving you this car?”

“They were really excited! Evamarie asked it that meant we could go somewhere that wasn’t Surprise now. My last car overheated if I drove it too long. Like, more than ten minutes.”

“Yeah, you’re not going to have that problem anymore.” I said. “I hope you realize that none of this would have happened if you hadn’t reached out to me in your…desperation…or your despair…or whatever it was. I probably would’ve forgotten that you ever existed in a few years. And I sure as hell wouldn’t have given you this car.

“I know how hard that must have been for you. But there is also good in the world. Not everything turns out badly. You need to remember that.”

“I was really scared to do it,” Amy replied after a moment. “But I’m glad that I did. And the car doesn’t have anything to do with it. I would have missed out on two great relationships with two really great people.”

* * * *

We’ve been back in Mexico for about a week and a half now. The first thing I did when we got back was buy a new cellphone from TelCel. They’re the phone company that almost everyone uses in Mexico because AT&T® sucks down here.

Amy and I text each other almost every day. She still has bad days, but now she has a car that works, and maybe they’re not as bad as they used to be anymore.

That was my hope when I decided to give her our car. That it would be a springboard for her to rise to new heights. With one less thing to worry about, she could start focusing on the things that really matter.

Her children. And herself. And her kit-tens. When Amy isn’t busy doing anything else, she rescues stray cats. See? I told you she was sweet.

Amy has come a long way in a short amount of time. I used to spend hours trying to get her to believe that where she is now was even remotely possible. All she had to do was believe in herself.

I don’t think I’ll have to tell her that anymore.

Yet Another Brief Treatise on God

FB_IMG_1595675295084

* * * *

For whatever reason, I spend an inordinate amount of time thinking about God. It’s possibly a Christian thing — I’m sure some of my very Christian friends also do this. Unlike them, I don’t ponder deeply on God so I can serve Him better.

There are only two things God wants from us: worship and obedience. That’s it. I have only two problems with those two things: I seem to be incapable of trusting God completely, and I’m really bad at obeying His commandments.

If I had to give a reason for why I do something for no discernible gain, I’d probably say it’s because I’m trying to understand who and what God really is. Based on what I’ve read and what I’ve been told I’m supposed to think, there isn’t much about God that makes much sense to me.

In the Bible it says that God does not change. Certain Christians believe this without question simply because it says so in the Bible, and everything in the Bible is true. But from where I sit, God changes every time He appears in the Bible. And that’s what I’m planning on exploring in this installment.

* * * *

In the Book of Genesis, we are introduced to God the Creator. He rolled up His sleeves, labored mightily for six days creating the entire universe and everything in it, and then He rested, being well-pleased with all that He had done.

It is written that God created mankind in His image. We are God’s magnum opus,  His masterpiece. That’s what every priest and pastor I’ve ever known has said. And way back in beginning, the pinnacle of human life were two people named Adam and Eve.

* * * *

Scholars that aren’t Christian Fundamentalists tend to view the story of Adam and Eve as an allegory, not actual history. Unlike all of the other humans roaming the earth, God formed Adam with His own hands. Then God planted a pretty and cutey little garden, and put the man in it.

Eden. It was a darling place. And in this garden of beauty and fruit trees, God planted two special trees: the Tree of Life, and the Tree of the Knowledge of Good and Evil. And God told Adam, “You are free to eat from any tree in the garden; but you must not eat from the tree of the knowledge of good and evil, for when you eat from it you will certainly die.”

* * * *

I don’t know if the Tree of the Knowledge of Good and Evil actually exists, but I have no doubt that the Tree of Life is real. If you eat of the Tree of Life, you become immortal. Angels are immortal. And now you know how that got happened.

That’s the only reason Adam and Eve were evicted from the garden. God didn’t want them to have access to the Tree of Life. An angel with a flaming sword guards the approach to the tree to this day, just in cases someone stumbles across it, somehow.

* * * *

Everything was hunky-dory in the garden. God and Adam spent long hours hanging out together shooting the breeze, drinking beer, and God answered all of Adam’s questions about, well, everything.

Why is the sky blue? How many stars are there in the sky? What are those two animals doing? What is sex?

So God had the Birds and Bees talk with His favorite human. And who knows what happened next. God caught Adam masturbating…  Maybe he was having sex with a sheep…  At any rate, God said to Himself, “It is not good for the man to be alone. I will make a helper suitable for him.”

According to the story, God caused the man to fall into a deep sleep; and while he was sleeping, God took one of the man’s ribs, and from the rib He made a woman, and He brought her to the man.

* * * *

Afterwards, God and Adam were hanging out in the garden, drinking a beer. And God said, “So, Adam, how was your honeymoon?”

“Oh, it was okay, I guess. 

“Dude! I’m your best buddy! If you can’t tell Me about your honeymoon, who can you trust? C’mon man, I want to hear every juicy detail!”

“Well, we had dinner, a couple of drinks, did a little dancing…  Then we went to the bedroom. And just between you and me — I’m pretty sure I could’ve fucked her!”

images (1)

* * * *

If you don’t know how this story ends, things do not remain all tickety-boo in the garden. Eve ate the fruit of Tree of the Knowledge of Good and Evil, and Adam took a bite, too.

Then the eyes of both of them were opened, and they realized they were naked…

* * * *

Okay. There are three main reasons why this story is an allegory to me. Adam and Eve realized they were naked. Big deal! These were the two most perfectly sculpted people that ever lived. They were the epitome of natural beauty. They were young, they got plenty of exercise, and they ate an all organic diet.

images

See? I told you

They had no reason to be ashamed just because they were naked. Au contraire, Pierre! They should have have taken one look at each other, realized they were both totally hot and naked, then boinked their fucking brains out like lions in heat. And then boinked some more.

The second reason is this: there’s no description of what God looked like. God hung out with Adam and Eve in the garden on a frequent basis.. He dropped in to talk with them all the time. As far as I can tell, they are the only two people that God ever appeared to in person. 

We know God has a physical form — presumably something very much like unto ours because we are created in the image of God, are we not? And there’s this: Adam and Eve hid from God after their fall from grace when they heard Him walking in the garden.

The story of their unique relationship with God — there’s no way they wouldn’t have passed that tale on to their children, and their grandchildren. Hell, they would’ve told it to complete strangers because it’s such a cool story! It’s a story that would’ve been told over and over again by every generation until someone finally wrote it down. And it would surely would have been included in the Bible.

But that story doesn’t exist. So neither did Adam and Eve.

And finally, the Tree of the Knowledge of Good and Evil. God told Adam not to eat from it upon pain of death. When the serpent tricked Eve into eating its fruit, the serpent said, “You will not certainly die, for God knows that when you eat from it your eyes will be opened, and you will be like God, knowing good and evil.”

There’s no evidence in the Bible that God actually knows the difference between good and evil. There is a preponderance of Biblical evidence that even if God knows the difference, He doesn’t appear to care. God does whatever He wants because He’s God, and if you don’t like it, that’s your problem.

* * * *

After Adam and Eve, God’s behavior becomes increasingly harder to understand. And evidence of a loving God who truly cares for all of His children…  Well, you’ll have to decide that for yourself.

My very Christian friends believe that all of God’s plans are perfect, and the proof is He is able to work through imperfect tools, namely humans. That might be true, but if there’s no such thing as a perfect person, well, God hasn’t had a hell of a lots of options to choose from, has He?

* * * *

The next time God appears in the Bible is Noah and the Great Flood. I’ve written about this allegorical story already (Apocalypse Now). You can check it out if you don’t have anything better to do.

When God next appears, it’s to Abram. Somewhat Mildly Interesting Sidenote About Noah and Abram: according to the Bible, they are both descendants of Adam and Eve.

God first appeared to Abram when Abram was seventy-five years old. Again, there’s no description of what God looked like, so it can be assumed that God didn’t appear to him looking like a human. On at least one occasion God appeared to Abram in a vision — it’s possible that’s how God appeared to him every time.

images

I’ve often wondered if God looks like the Great Gazoo…

Initially, God seems to have been Abram’s travel/real estate agent. A couple of decades and a few geographic relocations later, God changed Abram’s name to Abraham, and promised that he, Abraham, would become the father of nations.

That made Abraham laugh. Yeah, he thought God was a comedian! Abraham was ninety-nine years old, and he and his ninety year old wife didn’t have any children. God wasn’t joking, and they named their son Isaac. Several years later, when Isaac was a young boy, God told Abraham to take his beloved son into the wilderness and sacrifice him to the Lord.

Abraham didn’t laugh this time. He had learned that his God didn’t have a sense of humor. Unlike me, Abraham trusted in the Lord, and did as he was told.

* * * *

Imagine you hear a disembodied voice, or voices, talking to you. Go ahead, give it a try. If you want to imagine it’s me talking to you, I sound like Ben Stein. On Quaaludes.

When you’re a psych nurse, you meet people who experience auditory hallucinations every day. They’re a symptom of schizophrenia, and they have got to be hell to live with. Even worse are command auditory hallucinations. They’re pretty much what they sound like, invisible voices telling you what to do.

These commands can range from innocuous to life-threatening, and they can be incredibly difficult to resist, no matter what it is the voices are telling you to do.

One of my patients at the Minneapolis VAMC was a young man named Lorenzo. He was admitted to my unit after he sliced his abdomen open from his sternum to his umbilicus with a butcher knife in his kitchen.

His brother found him laying on the floor three days later and brought him to the hospital. Lorenzo spent at least one month on my unit, maybe more. His wound had to heal by granulation, and I spent many hours packing his wound with iodaform gauze every day to help prevent infection and promote healing.

And we talked.

I think Lorenzo had run out of meds, and the voices inside his head had worsened. Then they started telling him to slice open his belly, as if he were a samurai committing seppuku.

I fought them as long as I could, but you wouldn’t believe the power they have! After awhile, their compulsion over me became irresistible. So, I walked into the kitchen…  And I grabbed a knife…

* * * *

Personally, I have experienced a disembodied voice talking to me only once. I was ten years old at the time, so I know it wasn’t drugs or alcohol. I don’t know what it was, but it was real.

And it freaked me the fuck out.

* * * *

I don’t know who God chronologically appeared to after Abraham. If you’re curious, you can look it up. I’m going to jump to Moses.

* * * *

Moses isn’t a Hebrew name, it’s an Egyptian name. It means: son of in ancient Egyptian. Ra-meses: son of Ra, the god of the sun. Moses no doubt was originally named for one of the many Egyptian gods, but that name has been lost forever.

Moses was raised as an Egyptian prince. He and Rameses II were brothers. They probably competed against each other when they were growing up. As adults, they faced off against each other in the most serious game of Chicken ever played. It was a game Moses would win, thanks in large part to the Ten Plagues that devastated the land of Egypt, and humbled one of the greatest Pharaohs in history.

God became the Redeemer and Savior of His People. He broke the bondage of slavery and led the Israelites to freedom in a new land.

* * * *

There’s one thing about the God of Abraham and Moses that was unique. He was the only God at that time that traveled. Prior to this, gods were associated with a specific location or region. And they stayed there.

God appeared to Moses in the form of a burning bush. And in the form of a thick cloud. He had become the God of mystical majesty we’ve all come to kind of know.

images (1)

* * * *

After Moses led the Israelites out of Egypt, Joshua led them into the promised land. Remember when I said God’s behavior was difficult to understand? When the Israelites crossed over into the Promised Land, they knew they would be going to war. But their mighty God was with them, and He had a simple battle plan.

Kill everything you see. Man, woman, and child. Even the livestock. Leave nothing standing, no one and nothing still breathing.

There’s a name for this battle tactic: Genocide.

There was only one flaw with God’s plan. Because the Israelites weren’t completely amoral, cold-blooded murderers — they refused to go along with it.

* * * *

When Joshua and his generation died, so did the Israelites’ knowledge of God. They began worshipping other gods. Thus began the Age of Judges. God spoke to them and led them to military victories against their enemies. God was the Protector of His People.

After the Judges, God spoke to the Kings, but only two of them: David, and his son, Solomon. Aside from Saul, they’re probably the only Kings of Israel that anyone knows, including me. I’ve read about these guys numerous times. I can’t remember any of them.

* * * *

According to the Bible, David was the beloved of God. And Solomon was the wisest man that ever lived. According to me, David was mostly a pretty cool guy. And Solomon — he was just about the biggest idiot that ever lived.

There are 613 Laws of Moses in the Jewish faith. Three of those laws are specific to the king. Solomon ignored all three of them, and God only knows how many of the others. There’s nothing wise about that. But who am I to talk? By my own admission, I suck at obeying God, too.

* * * *

God remained the Protector of His People, but His People were a wayward collection of tribes and clans, frequently forgetting they had an awesome, and easily-angered God.

IMG_20200801_084050

These are modern depictions of some of the ancient Semitic goddesses in the Middle East. Now I understand why the Israelites constantly strayed away from their God…

Because the kings of Israel were essentially a bunch of losers, God started talking to the prophets. There are four major prophets and twelve minor prophets in the Old Testament of the Bible. These guys, both major and minor, were respected as holy men back in the day, but their messages of doom and destruction largely went unheeded. And the results were catastrophic for the people of Israel.

God performed numerous works of wondrous power and what can only be called magic through the prophets. They may have been respected, but were otherwise scorned by the people they were trying to save.

By this time, God wasn’t just the Redeemer and Protector of His People. He was also the chief source of misery for them. God had also become The Punisher.

* * * *

Satan the devil is much more of a Christian concept than a Jewish one. However, when it comes to the forces of Goodness and Light vs. the forces of Darkness and Evil, the Jews didn’t need an avatar of malice to torment them.

Their God assumed both roles.

* * * *

Elisha was the disciple of the prophet Elijah the Tishbite. I have no idea what a Tishbite is. If you do, leave a comment. After Elijah rode off into the sky on a chariot of fire, Elisha became the most prominent prophet in the land.

images

On that fateful day, a group of street urchin boys decided to make fun of him, and they started calling him names.

Elisha left and headed toward Bethel. Along the way some boys started making fun of him by shouting, “Go away, baldy! Get out of here!” Elisha turned around and stared at the boys. Then he cursed them in the name of the Lord. Right away two bears ran out of the woods and ripped to pieces forty-two of the boys.

And now you might understand why I think there’s no evidence that God knows the difference between Good and Evil. Or why finding evidence that He’s a loving God can be so hard to come by.

* * * *

The ancient prophets have always intrigued me, so much so that ever since May 10, 1978, I’ve wanted to become one. I’m sure the details of how that happened are stored away in some dusty corner of my mind. I know I was sitting on the grass under a tree on the campus of St. Cloud State University. And I was really high.

That might have had something to do with it…

A lots of time has elapsed since that day. As far as I know, I’ve never come close to being considered for this position, let alone selected. What I probably have is a delusion.

A delusion is a fixed, false belief. And when I say fixed, I mean glued, screwed nailed, stapled, and welded into someone’s head. Other symptoms of mental illness may come and go, but delusions never die. They might fade into the background, but they are always there.

* * * *

In the New Testament, God stopped talking to everybody. In His stead, He sent a man from Galilee named Jesus Christ, who claimed he was the Son of God. Jesus said he was one with God the Father, and when he spoke, so did God.

You can think whatever you want about Jesus, but for my money, he’s the prototype for what all humans need to become.

* * * *

Religion is the opiate of masses.Karl Marx

* * * *

I’m no longer sure religion is a good thing, mostly because so many people have done so many stupid things in its name. Religion will endure as long as people believe in gods, so I don’t see it disappearing any time soon.

Most people believe God exists and works because He wants to make our lives better, and He wants to create a perfect world. I’m pretty sure that’s what I was taught to think about God.

* * * *

For I know the plans I have for you, declares the Lord, plans to prosper you and not to harm you, plans to give you hope and a future.  Jeremiah 29:11

Then I saw “a new heaven and a new earth,” for the first heaven and the first earth had passed away, and there was no longer any sea. I saw the Holy City, the new Jerusalem, coming down out of heaven from God, prepared as a bride beautifully dressed for her husband. And I heard a loud voice from the throne saying, “Look! God’s dwelling place is now among the people, and He will dwell with them. They will be His people, and God Himself will be with them and be their God. ‘He will wipe every tear from their eyes. There will be no more death or mourning or crying or pain, for the old order of things has passed away.”  Revelation 21:1-4

* * * *

Perfect worlds sound cool and stuff, but there has to be one helluva steep price to pay to achieve perfection, even for God. Remember this: Many are called, but few are chosen. If you’re one of the Chosen, you’ve got it made. If you’re not, you’re basically fucked, and nothing is going to change that.

Most of us are never going to see that world.

There’s another thing: I don’t know if this will be a world that’s perfect for God’s Chosen People, or for God. It’s possible it could be perfect for both, but then again…

When it comes to achieving what He wants, God will do anything He has to in order to achieve His goal. Floods. Plagues. Genocides. Man-eating bears. God has already admitted that He killed goddamn near everybody on the planet at least once before. If you think He wouldn’t do it again, you haven’t been paying attention.

God may actually be everything He has claimed to be so far: Omniscient. Omnipotent. Undying. Everlasting and Eternal. I have no idea how any, let alone all of those things can be true…  My guess is God is both more and less than what He says He is.

I am that I am.

What the fuck is that supposed mean?!? God might be many things, but humble isn’t one of them. Again, who am I to talk? I’m the least humblest person I know.

And as far as His purpose goes, a perfect world with perfect people is God’s sales pitch. But much like unto Himself, God hasn’t told us the entire truth about what He’s really up to.

Despite all of my many reservations and mistrust of God, despite the fact that I’d probably flirt with Anat and Semiramis if I ran into them on the street, and despite the fact that I’ve been far better at breaking God’s commandments than I’ve ever been at obeying them — if God offered me the job I’ve dreamed about having for more than five decades — I’d accept it in a heartbeat, even though I’m retired and living in paradise in a gringo mansion with a supermodel wife and and two darlingpreshadorbs kit-tens.

There’s a reason for that.

We, as a race, have proven time and time again that we are incapable of governing ourselves wisely. We have depleted a great portion of our planet’s natural resources. We have turned the world around us into a pig sty. We have all but destroyed the only home we have in a ridiculously short amount of time.

I would give up everything I have to work for an alien life force from another world for one reason, and one reason only.

We apparently need someone who isn’t like us to save us from ourselves.

tenor

The Hero Takes a Fall

2020. We’ve had a global pandemic. A quarantine and lockdown. Social distancing and facemasks. Murder hornets — maybe some of you have seen them. Riots and protests. Did I miss anything?

It might seem like a strange combination, but none of us had ever experienced a global pandemic before. I almost said none of us had lived through a pandemic before, but this thing is going to go on longer than any of us anticipated. There’s a possibility that not all of us are going to survive it.

Over 500,000 people have died worldwide already, and every medical expert that has been questioned about the COVID-19 pandemic says it’s only going to get worse. The long-term effects of this pandemic are yet to be seen, but the short-term effects have been significant.

Other than my lovely supermodel wife, I may never hug another person again. I have two facemasks, and I’m seriously contemplating buying a dozen more. I haven’t used so much hand sanitizer since I was a nurse. And those are only the things I can think of off the top of my head.

The COVID-19 pandemic has been the end of the world as we know it. That’s not necessarily a bad thing. Our world needed to be shaken up. A whole lots of things needed to change. 

A paradigm shift has occurred. People are mad as hell, and they’re not going to take it anymore. Any time you have contents under pressure, there’s a danger of said contents exploding. That’s not my opinion, that’s science and physics.

Well, it’s happened. The anger is no longer repressed and restrained. It is out there, and like unto Pandora’s box, there’s no way to neatly put everything back inside. The best we can hope for now is that we don’t destroy civilization in the process of trying to rebuild it.

* * * *

Hero Takes A Fall is the first single from The Bangles debut album, All Over the Place. The Bangles are an American, all female pop/rock band from Los Angeles. All four of the girls in the band were hot babes, and I was in love with all of them way back in the 1980’s. 

images (1)

See? I told you they were hotties. Gotta love the 80’s hair styles

Hero Takes a Fall is a song about how arrogance can lead to a downfall. That, apparently, is what my Muses want to focus on this time. As always, there’s a reason for that.

* * * *

Correct me if I’m wrong, but I think we’ve had three rounds of protests this year. First, were the Anti- lockdown protests. Second, were the Anti-racism protests. And third, were the Monument protests.

It’s possible that the riots and the protests would have occurred independently of the quarantine, but the lockdown probably pumped up the volume on them. Everyone was suffering from cabin fever…

* * * *

A monument is a type of structure that was explicitly created to commemorate a person or event, or which has become relevant to a social group as a part of their remembrance of historic times or cultural heritage, due to its artistic, historical, political, technical or architectural importance.

The monuments that have become so offensive lately are Confederate monuments from the American Civil War.

* * * *

The American Civil War was fought from 1861 to 1865. Depending on the statistical analysis you use, there were anywhere from 600,000 to 750,000 deaths that resulted from the 10,500 battles, engagements, and other military actions that occurred during that time period.

You’re not going to give us another history lesson, are you?

Yes, I am. If I weren’t already writing this for you, I’d tell you to take notes. Perhaps Somewhat Interesting Sidenote of the Civil War: both sides thought God was on their side.

This incredibly bloody war began primarily as a result of the long-standing controversy over slavery.  The Confederate States claimed it was a struggle to uphold states’ rights, but the only right the eleven states that comprised the Confederacy were fighting about — was the right to keep their black slaves.

Case in point, the Confederate States had a central government. It was based in Richmond, VA. The President of the Confederacy was Jefferson Davis. His vice-president was Alexander Stephens. If they were really opposed to the idea of a federal government, they shouldn’t have created one of their own.

In a speech known today as the Cornerstone Address, Alexander Stephens described the Confederate ideology as being based upon …the great truth that the negro is not equal to the white man; that slavery, subordination to the superior race, is his natural and normal condition.

It’s a good thing he was a Christian. I’d hate to see what he would’ve come up with if he was a barbarian.

* * * *

The main reason the South wanted slaves was because of cotton. Cotton was the Number 1 export from America in the 1800’s. 80% of the cotton used in England and France came from the South. The Southern plantation owners were making money hand over bale on their cotton crops, and they didn’t have to pay their slaves one fucking dime to work their fields.

The demand for cotton was the ace the Confederacy had hidden up its sleeve. They believed other nations would recognize their claim of independence from the North, and possibly support them financially, politically, or even militarily. All because of the demand for King Cotton that only the South could supply.

Any questions?

On September 22, 1862, President Abraham Lincoln signed the Emancipation Proclamation, changing the legal status under federal law of more than 3.5 million enslaved African Americans in the secessionist Confederate states.

The Proclamation turned foreign popular opinion in favor of the Union by gaining the support of anti-slavery countries and countries that had already abolished slavery, mainly, the United Kingdom and France. The same two countries the South was hoping would support them.

Psychologically, it was the turning point of the war. The Southern hopes for foreign recognition and support for their cause went up in flames, kind of like the city of Atlanta did on July 22, 1864.

* * * *

I’ve been fascinated by the Civil War for as long as I can remember. It’s certainly the most romanticized war in American history. And to be honest, my portrayal of the events leading up to the war have been seriously condensed, so if you want a more in-depth perspective, get on the Google® and start surfing.

My great-great-grandfather on my dad’s side of the family fought for the North. I believe I fought for the North, too, in one of my previous lives. I’m pretty sure I got killed to death in the Battle of Gettysburg defending the Devil’s Den. I’m not sure why I think that, I just do.

images

The only things I’ve researched more than this war are God and religions, and I’m sure I still don’t understand God. No one completely understands God, not even priests and pastors, and they probably understand their boss less than I do.

* * * *

Just in cases you didn’t know, the North defeated the South. General Robert E. Lee surrendered to General Ulysses S. Grant at Appomattox Courthouse on April 9, 1865.

To the victors go the spoils. The North started to memorialize their victory over the South as early as 1865, the year the war ended. The South wasn’t allowed to memorialize their lost cause until 1890. The United Daughters of the Confederacy were the driving force behind the monument movement, and once they got the green light, they erected over 700 statues in 31 states, plus the District of Columbia. 

That’s 20 more states than the number of states that seceded. These monuments aren’t just in the South, but that’s where they had their greatest impact.

The pinnacle of their efforts was Stone Mountain, essentially the Confederate version of Mount Rushmore. It’s a gigantic carving of Jefferson Davis, Robert E. Lee, and Thomas “Stonewall” Jackson carved into the side of a mountain in Georgia. It took more than 50 years to complete.

images

Then I wish I was in Dixie! Hooray! Hooray!
In Dixie’s Land I’ll take my stand, to live and die in Dixie!

As if the monuments weren’t enough to remind the black population of where they were, and who the bosses still were, the Confederate flag was proudly flown all over the South. Even today, five southern states still have symbols of the old Confederacy in their current state flags.

William Porcher Miles, the man who designed the Confederate flag, had the same racist/political views as Alexander Stephens. The stars and bars design is meant to specifically represent white superiority. He didn’t do it because, Oh, you know, I just thought it looked kinda cool.

The memory of the antebellum South — the grand plantations, the demure Southern belles, the gallant Southern gentlemen — these were the nostalgic notions the United Daughters of the Confederacy allegedly wanted to preserve.

The reality is vastly different. First, the Confederacy of Southern States stood for the disunion of the United States. Second, its constitution was based on the belief of racial inequality, and that slavery was the natural state for all black people. Simply stated, the Confederacy was a treasonous and racist institution.

The Civil War monuments are a constant reminder of the oppression perpetrated by the racist South. The South turned Democrat when Abraham Lincoln signed the Emancipation Proclamation, and Republican when Lyndon B. Johnson signed the Civil Rights Act.

GenerousSpiritedAlbatross-size_restricted

The fucking South fucking sucks! End of story. Since 2015, at least 138 Confederate monuments have been “removed” from public places There will likely to be more to follow.

While removing these monuments won’t change history, it will do one thing: It’ll wipe the smiles off the faces of those debutante cunts who thought they were slipping something past all us stupid Yankees.

Cunts~2

And if you’re one of those fucking people that are all upset because some fucking statues of some fucking dead guys who supported slavery are being torn down, get over your fucking yourself.

Maybe you should take a long hard look at yourself in the mirror. Look deep. You’re probably not going to like what you see.

* * * *

In the spring of 1969, The 5th Dimension released Aquarius/Let the Sunshine In. It was a two song medley originally written for the musical, Hair. The song spent six weeks at Number 1 on the pop charts, and won a Grammy for Record of the Year.

When the moon is in the Seventh House
And Jupiter aligns with Mars
Then peace will guide the planets
And love will steer the stars
This is the dawning of the age of Aquarius

I tried to do some research on Astrological Ages, and I had to stop. That shit is more confusing than Chinese math. We might be living in the Age of Aquarius now, or it might not happen for another 25,000 years. Each astrological age lasts a little over two thousand years, and each age is characterized by specific qualities based on the signs of the Zodiac.

Harmony and understanding
Sympathy and trust abounding
No more falsehoods or derisions
Golden living dreams of visions
Mystic crystal revelation
And the mind’s true liberation

Please feel free to do some research on this yourself, and if you can figure it out, let me know.

The only reason I bring this up is because the Age of Aquarius is supposed to be a time of enlightenment and harmony — two things this world is in dire need of. And if we have to wait another 25,000 years for that to happen, well, we’d be better off dying from COVID-19.

Let the sunshine, let the sunshine in, the sunshine in

It is time for a change. Our old beliefs and mindsets have done far more damage than good. We, as a people, need to redefine our priorities. A lots of people talk about making this world a better place. It’s time to start doing it.

Oh, let it shine, c’mon
Now everybody just sing along
Let the sun shine in
Open up your heart and let it shine on in
When you are lonely, let it shine on
Got to open up your heart and let it shine on in
And when you feel like you’ve been mistreated
And your friends turn away
Just open your heart, and shine it on in

Just in cases you haven’t noticed, this is the only planet we have.

The Man in the Mirror

I don’t know what it’s like for other writers, but I have to be inspired to write anything for my blog. My inspiration appears to come from my Muses. That’s what I call them. I don’t know who or what they are, but without them I probably wouldn’t be able to write anything except my name.

images

I’ve written about my Muses before. They’re loosely based on the nine Muses of Greek mythology. I sincerely doubt that any of the mythic Muses are the actual source of my inspiration. I just like the idea of scantily clad hot babes frolicking around inside my head.

I have also written about my experiences with thought insertions. These can be fairly random experiences for me, except when I write. As far as that goes, I seem to become a vehicle for whomever or whatever it is that wants to be heard. In my blog. That hardly anyone reads…

I know, right? You’d think they would’ve been smart enough to pick a better vehicle.

Case in point, I’ve been trying not to write this post for at least a month now, but the only ideas I get about writing revolve around a subject I’d rather not touch. In the past, my Muses have tended to throw me under the bus in these circumstances. That’s my primary reason for not wanting to write this. But I’ve come to the conclusion that I’m not going to be able to avoid it, so I might as well get it over with.

* * * *

One of the first things I do when I wake up in the morning is look in the mirror above my bathroom sink. The medications I have to take are in the cabinet behind the mirror.

I take something for hypertension so I don’t have a stroke. I take an aspirin a day to prevent a heart attack. I take Omega-3 to slow the progression of dementia, which I may or may not have. The definitive diagnosis of dementia is done at autopsy, and I’m not ready for that yet. And I also select a variety of analgesic meds depending on my level of pain.

And that’s when the music starts.

* * * *

Little Known Fact About Me: I suffer from Involuntary Musical Imagery Syndrome. There is always a song running through my head. This condition is sometimes referred to as an earworm. It’s a catchy piece of music that continually repeats through a person’s mind.

images (1)

Today, it’s The Boston Rag by Steely Dan. On the bright side, the DJ inside my head seems to have good taste in music.

* * * *

I’m fairly certain everyone has had this happen to them before, but I don’t know if it’s a daily occurrence for most people. Like unto the ringing in my left ear, most of the time I don’t even notice it. I’ve gotten used to it. Sometimes it’s annoying as hell, like the time I had a McDonald’s® jingle playing in my head for over a month.

* * * *

Man in the Mirror is a song by Michael Jackson. It was released in February 1988 from his album, Bad. It was his tenth number-one single, and Jackson said it was one of his favorite songs. It’s one of the few songs Jackson recorded that he didn’t write, and it’s especially ironic when you consider just how weird of a human being Michael Jackson was.

The song is about making a change and realizing that it has to start with you.

The phrase …you should look in the mirror, isn’t usually meant to be taken literally. It’s more of an allegory to suggest that you need to take a long, hard look at yourself. You need to do some soul searching. You’re probably going to have to do some agonizing reappraisal. It’s a process that’s probably going to suck. A lots.

* * * *

rac·ism
/ˈrāˌsizəm/
noun
  1. prejudice, discrimination, or antagonism directed against a person or people on the basis of their membership of a particular racial or ethnic group, typically one that is a minority or marginalized.

* * * *

Racism. It’s the other big headline in the news this year. Racism isn’t new. It’s been around since, well, forever. In and of itself, racism doesn’t sound like an ugly word.

Puke. Crepuscular. Smegma. Those words sound ugly. But if you want to make 9 out of 10 people feel uncomfortable in a conversation, bring up the topic of racism. I’m not even talking to anyone, and I feel uncomfortable writing about it. Almost everyone has some racial biases lurking somewhere deep inside of their souls. Almost none of us are proud about it.

If you ask someone from my generation if they’re racist, they’ll probably stumble all over themselves when they try to explain themselves. At best, you might get this response, “Well, I used to be…” At worst, you’ll hear this answer, “Oh hell yeah.”

My dad was a racist. He wasn’t an in-your-face racist, he was more of a behind-your-back racist, which tells me he wasn’t proud of his beliefs either. I’m sure he inherited his biases from his parents, and right or wrong, he passed them on to his children. 

* * * *

No one knows when the concept of racial superiority first emerged, but it appears that pretty much every ethnic/cultural group of people on the planet has at one time or another thought that they were superior to every other ethnic group of people.

The US has been the hotspot for racial tensions recently, but it’s hardly the only place where race is a major issue. The English feel superior to the peoples living on the European continent. The Germans feel superior to the peoples of Eastern Europe and Russia. And the French feel superior to, well, everybody.

I’m sure there have been a lots of studies exploring the origins of biases and discrimination. If you’re interested, you can look it up on the Google®. For my money, they originate from ignorance and fear because that’s where all of mine came from.

* * * *

Knowledge can be defined as information you acquire as you grow. Wisdom can be described as as the application of accrued knowledge. Ignorance is the absence of knowledge. Stupidity is the absence of wisdom. 

These aren’t the actual definitions of these words. They’re my definitions.

* * * *

In the 1600’s, scientific racism, sometimes termed biological racism came into vogue in Europe. At best, it was  a pseudoscientific belief that empirical evidence existed to support or justify racial discrimination. In other words, it was a bullshit philosophy. There isn’t any evidence to support this line of thinking.

Despite that, racism is alive and well on this planet. And it’s not just racism that afflicts the human race. There are a plethora of biases that you can choose from if you want to discriminate against others.

People may discriminate against others based on age, social status and class, height, criminal record, weight, religion, physical appearance, disability, intelligence, family status, gender identity, gender expression, generation, genetic characteristics, race, marital status, nationality, profession, color, ethnicity, sex and sexual orientation, political ideology, dietary preferences, and personality.

See? I told you it was a long list, and the list I just detailed is by no means complete. The most ironic form of discrimination is based on religion. I believe in God, but the idea that the invisible entity someone else worships isn’t the real Invisible Entity is just… crazy. Additionally, Jesus Christ repeatedly said that you should love everyone, no matter what. I’m not sure how some of the people who claim to believe in him missed that integral part of his message.

The Apostle Paul believed that the love of money is the root of all evil. Maybe that’s true, but the misuse of religion is the root of the greatest evil. You can quote me on that. In my opinion, the only people who should be able to discriminate based on religion are atheists, and they’re probably the only people that don’t.

* * * *

I’m not sure who came up with the idea that people with white skin are superior to all of the people that aren’t white, but it’s a pretty safe bet that the person who did –was white.

I see this concept as a combination of Creationism and Evolution — two schools of thought that mix together like oil and water — but it goes something like unto this: white people are superior to everyone else because they’re the children of God. And all of those inferior darker-skinned people — they descended from apes.

* * * *

When I was in nursing school, I met John. He was a patient at the St. Cloud VA. John was an older black man who spent hours in the bathroom staring at his reflection in the mirror. The thing I remember most about him was the look of shock and…horror…on his face as he stared at his reflection.

“I don’t know what happened to me,” he said in a voice so low it was almost a whisper. “I woke up yesterday, and I was…black!”

“Um, I don’t know how to say this, but isn’t that, you know, normal?”

“Hell no it’s not normal! I’m WHITE!”

images (3)

* * * *

I went to a lots of Catholic schools when I was young. I received an excellent education, and I was taught to be a morally upstanding person, something that would take decades to take root inside me.

I was taught to love everyone no matter who or what they were. I didn’t. I’m not sure I even liked many people back then. I spent a fair amount of time living in small towns in Minnesota when I was very young, and again after I was discharged from the Army. These were towns where a racially diverse neighborhood meant Swedes and Norwegians lived on the same block.

I was around ten years old the first time I remember hearing the word nigger. I had no idea what the word meant, but I remember I laughed when I heard it. I thought it sounded funny. 

I’m pretty sure I thought all of the common racial slurs were funny. Wop. Chink. Beaner. Kike. Gook. They all cracked me up. I can’t remember when I realized that none of them were funny. All I know for sure is it took a helluvalot longer than it should have.

Once I got to know people of color, I discovered they didn’t fit into the preconceived ideas I had, so something had to change. I’m pretty sure I didn’t meet a real, live black person face-to-face until I was in high school. I hope I didn’t look at him like he was some kind of animal that had escaped from a zoo, but I probably did.

And I hope I didn’t call him a nigger out loud, but I know I was thinking it.

It wasn’t until I was in the Army that I was exposed to a lots of people of various colors, races and creeds. The black guys were all so damn cool. They could dance, and talk shit gooder than anyone I’d ever met, and they were funny! They had a sense of humor and style that I didn’t possess. They didn’t fit into any of the misconceptions I possessed. They actually made me feel inferior to them.

I suppose I could have hated them for that, but I’m not sure I’ve ever felt superior to anyone. That whole not being good enough thing was something I was very familiar with. Come to think of it, I probably still feel that way.

Added to that, it was Basic Training — black, white, brown — it didn’t matter, we all felt a sense of unity because we were all being made to feel miserable, and in the Army there was only one color that mattered.

Olive drab green.

* * * *

Two of my best friends after I got out of Basic Training were Hispanic. Johnny Gonzalez and Raoul Sanchez. They were two of the smartest guys I’ve known, and they taught me so much about how the military worked. I probably wouldn’t have survived the Army without them.

They were so proud of their heritage. Both of them were from Texas, and they took me home to meet their families more than once. I learned to love Mexican food because of them. And I also learned to have a very healthy respect for Hispanic women because of them.

I’ve written a few stories about some of my adventures with Raoul. You can check them out if you don’t have anything better to do.

* * * *

The Army taught me that I didn’t know everything, and most of the things I thought I knew about people were wrong. But there was one group of people that I still couldn’t abide.

images (2)

For the longest time, I really didn’t like gay men. I didn’t hold any ill will against lesbians, so sexual preference wasn’t my issue. I had been sexually abused by my uncle when I was a kid — that was my reason for hating fuckin’ queers and faggots.

I was probably the most homophobic person on the planet when I was in my twenties. I hated Richard Simmons. I didn’t like Elton John. It wasn’t until I became a psych nurse that my homophobia finally subsided. 

Many of my patients were gay. Because I was their nurse, I had to talk to them. And I discovered that most of them were decent guys. Two of the nurses I worked with at the Minneapolis VAMC were gay, and they weren’t just decent guys, they were damn good nurses.

* * * *

Little Known Fact About Nurses and Nursing: it’s a profession where your performance determines what kind of person you are to other nurses. Seriously. You can be the sweetest person on Earth, but if you’re a lousy nurse, your co-workers are probably going to think you suck.

From my point of view, if you’re not a good nurse, there’s almost a zero chance that I could ever be your friend.

Conversely, you can be an absolute disaster area of a human being, but if you’re a good nurse, your co-workers will probably love you, at least some of the time. In this aspect, nurses are a lots like unto cops. Cops judge other cops in a similar fashion.

* * * *

It was only after we moved to Arizona that I worked in a very diverse workplace. The Psychiatry Department of the Minneapolis VAMC was about as vanilla as it could be. The was one black psychiatrist, and one black nurse. I can’t remember working with a single Hispanic person, but there were three Native Americans on staff.

Everyone else, was white.

Arizona was a whole ‘nother story. I wish I could say that by this time in my life I had gotten past all of my biases based on color. But in all honesty, I’m sure there are times when it still happens…

It doesn’t happen as often now, and I catch it faster, and tell myself to get my head out of my ass.

In my mind, Phoenix and Minneapolis are probably equal when it comes to racial diversity. I’m not sure how to explain the differences in staffing when I compare the hospitals in the two states. One major difference was funding. The Federal Government has a lots more money than any hospital does. As a result, the VA hired only nurses to work the floor. There was no separation of duties at the VA. You were a nurse. You did everything.

The healthcare system in Arizona was vastly different than the system I was used to in Minnesota. All of the hospitals I worked at in Arizona employed Registered Nurses and Behavioral Health Technicians. The majority of the BHT’s were people of color. The BHT’s checked vital signs and basically controlled the environment of the unit while the nurses passed medications and did paperwork. A whole lots of goddamn paperwork.

It didn’t take me long to realize that a good BHT was worth twice their weight in gold, and the color of their skin was their least important attribute. Our patients were much more marginalized than the relatively benign guys I was used to at the VA. It could be a much more dangerous climate in Arizona.

* * * *

Some of the nurses I worked with in Arizona rarely left the nursing station. One nurse didn’t have any idea how to even use the blood pressure machine!

“That’s a BHT job.” she said.

I fuckin’ hated working with her and her lazy-ass attitude. The really weird part about this is I also worked with her in Minnesota, at the Minneapolis VAMC. I expected better things from her.

* * * *

I was seriously injured only once in my career as a psych nurse. I’m not sure I’d even be alive right now if it weren’t for the BHT’s in Arizona. Those guys saved my life more than once. So, thank you Bob. And James. And Anthony. And Devon. And Luis. And Antonio. And anyone else that I’ve forgotten.

You are among the best people I’ve had the pleasure to work with, and you are some of the best men I’ve ever known. I’m a better person because of my association with all of you.

I hope you all can say the same about me.

* * * *

Hatred. It sounds like an ugly word, but the sound of it fails to adequately describe the depth of its hideousness.

If you’ve read any of my recent posts, you’ll know that I do not like Donald Trump. One of my friends went so far as to say that I hate Trump. His comment hit me like a slap in the face because that’s one of the things I’ve been thinking about a lots of late.

Can that be true? Do I really hate President Trump?

My first response was, Hmm, I’m not sure that’s possible…

However, upon further review I realized that I hate Mitch McConnell and Lindsey Graham — and William Barr — so I’m clearly still capable of hating other human beings.

There’s a reason for that. Those three crepuscular blobs of puke and smegma have bartered their souls to support Donald Trump. There’s no doubt in my mind that all three of them know exactly what they’re doing, and that they also realize the full extent of how much they’ve compromised their principles in the process.

I don’t know how those three cocksuckers can look at themselves in the mirror.

Donald Trump is a racist, sexist, misogynistic, slob of a pig of a human being who is also the most corrupt and criminal President that has ever sat his fat ass in the chair behind the big desk in the Oval Office of the White House. And yet, I don’t think that I hate him.

There’s also a reason for that. I’m not sure that The Donald has complete control of his mental faculties anymore. I think he might have dementia, and because this is clearly a matter of national security, I think the best thing to do is perform an autopsy on him immediately, and settle this matter once and for all.

Come to think of it, we should also perform an autopsy on Mike Pence, just to make sure he actually has a brain.

* * * *

There are over 400 types of dementia, and they all suck. Dementia is a group of conditions characterised by impairment of at least two brain functions, such as memory loss and judgement. Common symptoms include forgetfulness, of course, as well as limited social skills and altered thinking abilities that can be so significant that it interferes with daily functioning.

And there’s another thing you should know about dementia. It’s terminal. Yep, it’ll kill you to death and you’ll probably be so fuckin’ out of it that you won’t even know you got dead.

* * * *

images (4)

If, and only if the dementia factor is real, then Donald Trump suddenly becomes someone who is more far deserving of pity than he is of scorn and contempt. That said, it doesn’t acquit him of the criminal activities he has committed as President. When it comes to that, I think he knew exactly what he was doing.

Nor does it excuse his inflammatory words and discriminatory attitudes. That’s his baseline. Unfortunately, if he does have dementia, it’s only going to make those qualities worse.

And, he’s also a narcissist. So I’m sure this is what The Donald sees when he looks in the mirror:

images (5)

* * * *

I had been working as an RN for about a year when I was assigned to work with my first dementia patient. He was old white guy named Del who spent a lots of time standing in his bathroom staring into his mirror. One day he called me into his bathroom to tell me something important.

“Look! My friend is trapped in there, and I can’t get him out!! You’ve got to do something!!!” Del pointed at the mirror on the wall and his “friend.” And I had no idea what I was supposed to do. There’s nothing in the textbook that covers this.

Seeing how I had no idea what I was supposed to do, I did the stupidest possible thing I could have done in that situation. I tried to explain to Del that he was seeing his own reflection in the mirror. His “friend” wasn’t trapped in a parallel universe. His “friend” was him. And he was looking in a mirror.

While this might appear to be a reasonable response, Del looked at me like I was speaking to him in Chinese. And I was just standing there, not doing anything to help Del or his “friend.”

Seeing how I wasn’t going to do anything, Del reached up and ripped the mirror off the wall with his bear hands. It’s not an easy thing to do because the bathrooms on Pysch Units are designed to withstand being hit by a small nuclear bomb.

That’s when I did something. I took the mirror away from Del and turned it away from him so he couldn’t see his reflection anymore, and pointed at the wall.

“Look! You saved your friend! Damn! That was amazing, Del! Good job, buddy!”

* * * *

I have no idea how to end this post. It’s time to cue the music and let the band take us home. Fortunately, I have a song in mind. Today, it’s Crosby, Stills, Nash & Young:

You who are on the road
Must have a code that you can live by
And so become yourself
Because the past is just a good-bye.
Teach your children well,
Their father’s hell did slowly go by,
And feed them on your dreams
The one they picks, the one you’ll know by.
Don’t you ever ask them why, if they told you, you will cry,
So just look at them and sigh
And know they love you.

The Year of Living Dangerously

If 2020 doesn’t end up being the strangest year of the New Millennium, it can mean only one thing. There’s another year, lurking somewhere out there in the darkness of the unforeseen future, that is going to sneak inside of the house, raid the refrigerator, trash the place, fuck everyone in the ass, then walk out the front door without even saying, “Thank you, have a nice day!”

Yeah, I suppose it’s something to look forward to. Just between you and me, I hope I’m not here to see it. I’m pretty sure I wouldn’t enjoy the anal sex part.

* * * *

2020 has been fraught with peril for most of its existence thus far, and it’s only June! And it has come equipped with an impressive array of options designed to kick your ass. First, there was the COVID-19 pandemic and all of its attendant quarantines, lockdowns, restrictions, health precautions, and stuff.

There’s a huge list of reopening protocols for schools, businesses, and everything else that almost no one completely understands, so there’s a good chance you’ll get dead from this once it starts being rolled out in earnest.

In mid-April, some people grew tired of waiting to get dead from the Coronavirus, and started the anti-lockdown protests to speed up the process of more people dying to death. The protests were — believe it or not — worldwide.

In the United States, protesters opposed the shelter-in-place orders in their states for various reasons. Many said they wanted their businesses reopened so they could go back to work. Others insisted the lockdowns were a violation of their constitutional rights. I’m sure there were more…

The most publicized US protests were in Michigan where militant white “protesters” armed to the teeth with semiautomatic assault weapons stormed the state capitol, and shut down the legislature. These heavily armed patriots were, by and large, Trump supporters. A lots of them wore MAGA hats…  In response, The Donald said this in one of his tweets: …they seem to be very responsible people to me, and called them very good people. 

* * * *

But wait, there’s more! On April 17th, Trump fired off three tweets in rapid succession:

LIBERATE MINNESOTA!

LIBERATE MICHIGAN!

LIBERATE VIRGINIA, and save your great 2nd Amendment. It is under siege!

Those three states are led by Democrats. When interviewed about his comments, President Trump said his tweets weren’t meant to tell the states to lift their stay-at-home orders, but added some elements of the states’ plans to halt the spread of the virus had gone too far. I’m not sure if he ever tried to clarify what he meant by that last part.

Regarding his last tweet Trump charged that in Virginia, “…they want to take their guns away.” The state’s governor, Ralph Northam, had signed several gun-violence prevention measures such as requiring background checks on all firearms sales.

The governor didn’t sign any orders to confiscate so much as one firearm, but we all know what’s really going to happen, am I right? So The Donald was correct in his defense of 2nd Amendment because of all the issues that have presented themselves this year, gun violence in America hasn’t been one of them. Well, most of the time…  Am I right?

Donald Trump can rationalize his words and actions any way he likes, but the fact remains that the sitting President of the United States actually encouraged the American people to disobey a government mandated lockdown.

* * * *

Widely Known Fact About Law and Order That The Donald Obviously Doesn’t Understand: Those who uphold the law cannot themselves rebel against it.

* * * *

Remember the Murder Hornets? I know there was a lots of talk about them…  If there’s any good news about 2020, murder hornets are it. For something with a name that sounds like it came from the lowest level of Hell, they’ve probably been the only thing that won’t kill you to death this year.

* * * *

Ahmaud Arbery, Georgia. Breonna Taylor, Kentucky. George Floyd, Minnesota. They are only three of the names of people of color that have been killed to death by white vigilantes or police this year in the United States. The sad thing about this list is I’m sure it’s a helluvalot longer. The even sadder thing is this isn’t the only year I could make a list for.

images (1)

Ahmaud Arbery                                 Breonna  Taylor                                  George Floyd 

In truth, there have been 400 years of of racial inequality and injustice that black Americans have had to endure and overcome. Slavery. Jim Crow laws. The Civil Rights Movement. And wherever the fuck we are now. I’m not even sure how to describe it. It’s certainly better than the Slavery Era, but it still falls far short of All men are created equal, and liberty and justice for all.

For the record, I have no idea what it’s like to be black. To the best of my knowledge, I have never been discriminated against because of the color of my skin. I’m probably the last person who should be trying to tackle this issue.

Be that as it may, it’s about goddamn time that all Americans start speaking up and doing something to change the status quo. If you think having to endure a lockdown is violation of your civil rights, there are fates way worse. How would you react if you knew your children had a better than average chance of being murdered on any given day simply because of the color of their skin?

* * * *

In February of this fucked up year, Ahmaud Arbery, an unarmed black man, was shot to death while jogging in a neighborhood outside of Brunswick, Georgia, after being pursued by two white men in a pickup truck.

Those men were Gregory and Travis McMichael. They told the police that there had been “several break-ins” in the area recently, and they were trying to protect the neighborhood. Records from the Glynn County Police Department do not validate their claim. In more than seven weeks before the shooting, the only reported theft in the area was a 9mm pistol taken from Travis McMichael’s unlocked truck. 

Evidently these two very responsible, very good men started patrolling the streets in their truck, looking for the person that had walked off with Travis McMichael’s handgun, even though they had no idea who that person might be.

So, the father and son duo of half-cocked vigilantes were patrolling the streets. They saw Ahmaud Arbery jogging and demanded that he stop so they could question him. They would tell the police that they had planned to make a citizen’s arrest related to the string of burglaries.

Both of the men were armed, so Mr. Arbery wisely chose not to comply with their…request, and tried to run away from any trouble. The McMichaels pursued him in their truck, blocking off his escape. There was a struggle between Ahmaud and Gregory. At least three shots were fired, the fatal shot being fired by Travis.

The video is available online, if you have the stomach to watch it. After it was posted, it created an immense uproar that ultimately led to both of the McMichaels being arrested and charged with murder on May 7th — more than two months after the shooting occurred.

I can’t find any evidence that Mr. Arbery had a criminal record, or was even considered a person of interest in any ongoing investigations. He appears to have been a decent man who liked to jog. He wanted to become an electrician and open open his own business. He was 25 years old.

* * * *

On March 13th, Breonna Taylor was fatally shot by three white plainclothes officers on the Louisville Metro Police Department while she was sleeping in her bed. The police were serving what they call a no-knock warrant, and were searching for drugs.

The police were investigating a known drug dealer named Jamarcus Glover, whom they already had in custody. Taylor and Glover had once dated each other, but that relationshiphad ended several years ago, and the two of them were no longer romantically involved.

According to the police, they thought Glover was using Taylor’s apartment as a drug/money delivery house. That’s why they decided to raid it in force in the middle of the night.

Breonna’s current live-in boyfriend, Kenneth Walker, thought someone was breaking into their apartment on the night in question. He called 911, grabbed his handgun which he has a license to carry, and fired at the intruders in the living room. He hit one of the officers in the leg. Walker says the police didn’t identify themselves after they smashed in the door with a battering ram, and he was only defending himself.

The police say that they absolutely, positively identified themselves as police officers after they entered the apartment. When Mr. Walker fired at them, they returned fire, discharging their weapons at least twenty times, yet somehow managed to miss the man who had fired at them every time. However, their hail of bullets did hit Breonna eight times. She died in the hallway of her apartment.

I don’t want to diminish the seriousness of this event in any way, but if this had happened on TV, or in a movie, we would immediately know who the Bad Guys were because they are always really bad shots in a gunfight.

There’s going to be a HUGE lawsuit over this incident. There two are vastly conflicting accounts of what happened that night. At this moment in time, we don’t know exactly what happened, but we do know this: someone is lying.

No drugs were found in the apartment. Kenneth Walker was arrested and charged with attempted murder of a police officer and assault. Those charges have since been dropped, so that should tell you something. Prior to that night, neither Breonna Taylor nor Kenneth Walker had any criminal history or arrest records.

None of the officers involved in Breonna’s shooting have been relieved of their duties at the time that I write this. None of them have been arrested or charged with any crimes, but the entire Louisville Metro Police Department will undergo a thorough “top to bottom” review of its policies and procedures.

No doubt wholescale changes will be instituted when it is completed. And Breonna Taylor’s family is going to end up owning half of the city of Louisville.

Breonna Taylor was a certified EMT who was working as an emergency room technician and was planning to go back to school to become a NICU nurse. By all accounts, she was a good person who lived to help others. She was 26 years old.

* * * *

On May 25, George Floyd, a 46-year-old black man suspected of passing a counterfeit $20 bill, died in Minneapolis after Derek Chauvin, a white police officer, pressed his knee to Mr. Floyd’s neck for almost nine minutes while he was handcuffed face down in the street.

Two other officers further restrained Mr. Floyd, and another stood by, preventing onlookers from intervening. Throughout the arrest process Mr. Floyd repeatedly said that he could not breathe. During the last three minutes of the arrest Mr. Floyd was motionless and had no pulse, but officers made no attempt to revive him. Officer Chauvin kept his knee on Mr. Floyd’s neck even as EMT’s attempted to treat him. 

George Floyd was pronounced dead at a nearby hospital. There’s going to be an equally huge lawsuit as a result of this incident, too.

There were several videos of Mr. Floyd’s arrest and death posted on social media. Protests of his killing spread all across the nation, but in Minneapolis the protests quickly escalated into riots.

Again, I don’t want to diminish the tragedy of this event, but 70% of the people living in Minneapolis have already finished their Christmas shopping.

And it wasn’t just Minneapolis. At least 12 major cities declared a curfew on the evening of Saturday, May 30, and as of June 2, governors in 24 states and Washington, D.C, had called in the National Guard, with over 17,000 troops being activated. 

Stores were looted. Buildings were burned to the ground, including the Minneapolis 3rd Precinct — the police station where the four officers involved in the death of George Floyd were headquartered.

All four of the police officers involved in the death of George Floyd were fired the following day. Today, Derek Chauvin was charged with one count of second-degree murder, and the three other officers on scene during the killing of Mr. Floyd were charged with aiding and abetting second-degree murder.

* * * *

Lea and I used to live in South Minneapolis. The former 3rd Precinct building is one and a half miles from our old house. The scenes of the destruction to the area we know so well have been extremely distressing and heartbreaking for us to watch. To say that we are saddened by these events is a major understatement.

Speaking for myself, I can’t condone the actions of the protesters — the looting and destruction of property — two wrongs don’t make a right, but I understand their anger and their outrage. And I sure as hell cannot condone the murder of an unarmed man by police officers. If the police had handled their responsibilities better, there wouldn’t have been a fucking riot.

* * * *

“A riot is the language of the unheard.” ~ Dr. Martin Luther King Jr.

I can only hope that the right people are listening now, and are motivated to make critical changes to yet another American system that is in serious need of being overhauled.

Unfortunately, the one person that needed to hear this message most seems to be incapable of understanding anything that doesn’t revolve around his perception of his approval ratings.

In response to the Ahmaud Arbery murder President Trump said this, “I think it’s horrible and it’s certainly being looked at by many people – I’m speaking to many people about it…” But he added this, “You know, it could be something that we didn’t see on tape,” suggesting that something could have happened off-camera that contributed to the shooting.

And that unseen thing would make the cold-blooded murder of an unarmed man who was jogging down the street somehow less horrible?

I can’t find anything Trump said or tweeted in response to Breonna Taylor’s death.

In response to the Minneapolis riots, which were a response to George Floyd’s death, Donald Trump had this to say on the Twitter:

Screenshot_20200604-015841

Look! The Twitter almost grew a set of balls!

* * * *

In 1967, Miami police Chief Walter Headley used the phrase “When the looting starts, the shooting starts.” during hearings about crime in the city he was supposed to serve and protect.

Little Known Fact About Walter Headley That’s Probably Not Too Hard to Believe: He had a long history of bigotry against the black community.

* * * *

When questioned about his statement, The Donald had no clue about its origin or history, which leads me to believe that he thinks he invented it, and was probably very pleased with his cleverness as he wrote it, sitting on the toilet in Oval Office.

After realizing that he had fucked up yet again, The Donald tried to redeem himself by posting this tweet:

Screenshot_20200604-015528

See? I tried to warn you! You stupid people

* * * *

Heavily armed Trump supporters protesting the lockdown terrorize the Michigan legislature are very responsible, good people. Unarmed people in a Democratic state protesting the death of unarmed black man by white police officers are THUGS, and the President threatened to shoot them down like dogs.

The scary part about this is some of the more unhinged, lunatic fringe Trump supporters might interpret this as a call to arms. If that happens, we’re all going to wish we could go back to the good old days when all we did was complain about being locked up in our houses so we wouldn’t get killed to death by an imaginary pandemic.

* * * *

But wait, there’s more. As usual with The Donald, he couldn’t screw up just once. And also as usual, it gets worse.

EZZlUNxXYAEadt0

What?!? Did they run out of candy already?

On May 31, the lights inside the White House were turned off for the first time since 1889, and President Trump, the First Lady, and her son, Barron, took shelter in a reinforced bunker under the White House when anti-racism protesters laid siege to the presidential estate.

This is the same guy who, in 2018, said he believed he would take courageous action in an active shooter situation, even if he didn’t have weapon. President SuperDonald has a new nickname now:

Screenshot_20200604-010413

I like leaders who don’t hide in a bunker. I’m very disappointed in Donald Trump

Officially, the Secret Service said they decided to move the President to the bunker to protect him from the unarmed group of protesters that at no time tried to breach the White House grounds. The Donald had quite a bit to say about how impressed he was with the Secret Service while he was hiding in the bunker with his teddy bear.

You can look it up.

Not to mention that the White House is probably the most well-protected piece of real estate in the the world — Trumped actually bragged about what would’ve happened to the protesters if they had tried to enter the White House.

You can look that up, too.

On June 1, President Trump re-emerged from hiding to speak in the Rose Garden as peaceful protesters were violently expelled near the White House. Law enforcement teams used chemical agents, flash bangs, and shields to disperse the demonstrators.

The crowd was cleared to open a path to St. John’s Church, a historic building slightly damaged by a fire amid Sunday’s clashes between police and protesters. In front of the church Trump spoke and postured with a Bible in his hands — and denied that he ever retreated to the bunker.

Yes. That was his message of comfort to the grieving citizens of the United States.

And then, officially, just like that! President SuperDonald Trump wasn’t hiding in a bunker. The Secret Service didn’t move him for his protection. He was inspecting the bunker…during a riot… because, you know, “…someday you may need it.”

* * * *

When Donald Trump was running for President, many people looked at him as a breath of fresh air. He wasn’t a professional politician, he was a businessman. He was a Washington outsider who wouldn’t play by the rules! It couldn’t be any worse than the same old/same old bullshit of the previous administrations, and seriously, how bad could things get?

We should all know the answer to that question by now.

Yes, he was a businessman, but he was a businessman that declared bankruptcy four times. And one of his businesses was a fucking casino! How bad do you have to be to lose money with a casino?

The house always wins. Anyone who has ever been to Las Vegas knows that mantra, and there’s a reason for that.

It’s true!

Among world leaders, Donald Trump has proven himself to be a laughstock and a national embarrassment. He has insulted every other world leader, except two: Vladimir Putin, dictator of Russia, and Kim Jong-un, Supreme Leader of North Korea — two men who would kill every man, woman, and child in their countries if it meant they could stay in power for five more minutes.

The Donald loves these guys! He can’t say enough good things about them, and he kisses their asses every chance he gets.

President Trump has bailed out American farmers twice to the tune of $28 billion, something he had to do because of his disastrous trade wars with China. After he bungled his response to the COVID-19 pandemic, he bailed out the entire country with a $2.2 trillion stimulus package.

Anyone want to take a wild guess how we’re going to pay for that?

Roughly $500 billion went to American households in the form of $1200 checks that were supposed to support families for ten weeks, or more. The rest of the money went to small businesses and large corporations. The Donald spent far more money saving Wall Street than he did Main Street.

When asked about racial inequality, President Trump stated, “… there’s no racial tension [in America]. We have a fantastic relationship with the African American community…” And when he was given the opportunity to be a leader to people who feel that they’ve been betrayed by every leader since Abraham Lincoln, Donald Trump threatened to shoot them to bits, then fled into the nearest secret bunker to hide like no President before him ever has.

When he finally emerged to present himself as Comforter-in-Chief, he unleashed violence on the people he has a fantastic relationship with so he could have a photo opportunity in front of a church with a Bible in his hands. A Bible that he can’t name a single verse out of.

I’ve got a verse for you, Mr. Trump. It’s the shortest verse in the Bible, so even you should be able to remember it.

John 11:35.

images (1)

Jesus wept